MCXA156

AOI: Crossbar AND/OR/INVERT Driver

void AOI_Init(AOI_Type *base)

Initializes an AOI instance for operation.

This function un-gates the AOI clock.

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.

void AOI_Deinit(AOI_Type *base)

Deinitializes an AOI instance for operation.

This function shutdowns AOI module.

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.

void AOI_GetEventLogicConfig(AOI_Type *base, aoi_event_t event, aoi_event_config_t *config)

Gets the Boolean evaluation associated.

This function returns the Boolean evaluation associated.

Example:

aoi_event_config_t demoEventLogicStruct;

AOI_GetEventLogicConfig(AOI, kAOI_Event0, &demoEventLogicStruct);

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.
event – Index of the event which will be set of type aoi_event_t.
config – Selected input configuration .

void AOI_SetEventLogicConfig(AOI_Type *base, aoi_event_t event, const aoi_event_config_t *eventConfig)

Configures an AOI event.

This function configures an AOI event according to the aoiEventConfig structure. This function configures all inputs (A, B, C, and D) of all product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) of a desired event.

Example:

aoi_event_config_t demoEventLogicStruct;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT0AC = kAOI_InvInputSignal;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0BC = kAOI_InputSignal;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT0DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT1AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT1DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT2AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT2DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

demoEventLogicStruct.PT3AC = kAOI_LogicZero;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3BC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3CC = kAOI_LogicOne;
demoEventLogicStruct.PT3DC = kAOI_LogicOne;

AOI_SetEventLogicConfig(AOI, kAOI_Event0, demoEventLogicStruct);

Parameters:

base – AOI peripheral address.
event – Event which will be configured of type aoi_event_t.
eventConfig – Pointer to type aoi_event_config_t structure. The user is responsible for filling out the members of this structure and passing the pointer to this function.

FSL_AOI_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.0.2.

enum _aoi_input_config

AOI input configurations.

The selection item represents the Boolean evaluations.

Values:

enumerator kAOI_LogicZero: Forces the input to logical zero.

enumerator kAOI_InputSignal: Passes the input signal.

enumerator kAOI_InvInputSignal: Inverts the input signal.

enumerator kAOI_LogicOne: Forces the input to logical one.

enum _aoi_event

AOI event indexes, where an event is the collection of the four product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) and the four signal inputs (A, B, C, and D).

Values:

enumerator kAOI_Event0: Event 0 index

enumerator kAOI_Event1: Event 1 index

enumerator kAOI_Event2: Event 2 index

enumerator kAOI_Event3: Event 3 index

typedef enum _aoi_input_config aoi_input_config_t

AOI input configurations.

The selection item represents the Boolean evaluations.

typedef enum _aoi_event aoi_event_t: AOI event indexes, where an event is the collection of the four product terms (0, 1, 2, and 3) and the four signal inputs (A, B, C, and D).

typedef struct _aoi_event_config aoi_event_config_t

AOI event configuration structure.

Defines structure _aoi_event_config and use the AOI_SetEventLogicConfig() function to make whole event configuration.

AOI: AOI peripheral address

struct _aoi_event_config

#include <fsl_aoi.h>

AOI event configuration structure.

Defines structure _aoi_event_config and use the AOI_SetEventLogicConfig() function to make whole event configuration.

Public Members

aoi_input_config_t PT0AC: Product term 0 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT0BC: Product term 0 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT0CC: Product term 0 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT0DC: Product term 0 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT1AC: Product term 1 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT1BC: Product term 1 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT1CC: Product term 1 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT1DC: Product term 1 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT2AC: Product term 2 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT2BC: Product term 2 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT2CC: Product term 2 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT2DC: Product term 2 input D

aoi_input_config_t PT3AC: Product term 3 input A

aoi_input_config_t PT3BC: Product term 3 input B

aoi_input_config_t PT3CC: Product term 3 input C

aoi_input_config_t PT3DC: Product term 3 input D

CDOG

status_t CDOG_Init(CDOG_Type *base, cdog_config_t *conf)

Initialize CDOG.

This function initializes CDOG block and setting.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address
conf – CDOG configuration structure

Returns:

Status of the init operation

void CDOG_Deinit(CDOG_Type *base)

Deinitialize CDOG.

This function deinitializes CDOG secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address

void CDOG_GetDefaultConfig(cdog_config_t *conf)

Sets the default configuration of CDOG.

This function initialize CDOG config structure to default values.

Parameters:

conf – CDOG configuration structure

void CDOG_Stop(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t stop)

Stops secure counter and instruction timer.

This function stops instruction timer and secure counter. This also change state od CDOG to IDLE.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address
stop – expected value which will be compared with value of secure counter

void CDOG_Start(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t reload, uint32_t start)

Sets secure counter and instruction timer values.

This function sets value in RELOAD and START registers for instruction timer and secure counter

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address
reload – reload value
start – start value

void CDOG_Check(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t check)

Checks secure counter.

This function compares stop value in handler with secure counter value by writting to RELOAD refister.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address
check – expected (stop) value

void CDOG_Set(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t stop, uint32_t reload, uint32_t start)

Sets secure counter and instruction timer values.

This function sets value in STOP, RELOAD and START registers for instruction timer and secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address
stop – expected value which will be compared with value of secure counter
reload – reload value for instruction timer
start – start value for secure timer

void CDOG_Add(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t add)

Add value to secure counter.

This function add specified value to secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.
add – Value to be added.

void CDOG_Add1(CDOG_Type *base)

Add 1 to secure counter.

This function add 1 to secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_Add16(CDOG_Type *base)

Add 16 to secure counter.

This function add 16 to secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_Add256(CDOG_Type *base)

Add 256 to secure counter.

This function add 256 to secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_Sub(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t sub)

brief Substract value to secure counter

This function substract specified value to secure counter.

param base CDOG peripheral base address. param sub Value to be substracted.

void CDOG_Sub1(CDOG_Type *base)

Substract 1 from secure counter.

This function substract specified 1 from secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_Sub16(CDOG_Type *base)

Substract 16 from secure counter.

This function substract specified 16 from secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_Sub256(CDOG_Type *base)

Substract 256 from secure counter.

This function substract specified 256 from secure counter.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

void CDOG_WritePersistent(CDOG_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the CDOG persistent word.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.
value – The value to be written.

uint32_t CDOG_ReadPersistent(CDOG_Type *base)

Get the CDOG persistent word.

Parameters:

base – CDOG peripheral base address.

Returns:

The persistent word.

FSL_CDOG_DRIVER_VERSION

Defines CDOG driver version 2.1.3.

Change log:

Version 2.1.3
- Re-design multiple instance IRQs and Clocks
- Add fix for RESTART command errata
Version 2.1.2
- Support multiple IRQs
- Fix default CONTROL values
Version 2.1.1
- Remove bit CONTROL[CONTROL_CTRL]
Version 2.1.0
- Rename CWT to CDOG
Version 2.0.2
- Fix MISRA-2012 issues
Version 2.0.1
- Fix doxygen issues
Version 2.0.0
- initial version

enum __cdog_debug_Action_ctrl_enum

Values:

enumerator kCDOG_DebugHaltCtrl_Run

enumerator kCDOG_DebugHaltCtrl_Pause

enum __cdog_irq_pause_ctrl_enum

Values:

enumerator kCDOG_IrqPauseCtrl_Run

enumerator kCDOG_IrqPauseCtrl_Pause

enum __cdog_fault_ctrl_enum

Values:

enumerator kCDOG_FaultCtrl_EnableReset

enumerator kCDOG_FaultCtrl_EnableInterrupt

enumerator kCDOG_FaultCtrl_NoAction

enum __code_lock_ctrl_enum

Values:

enumerator kCDOG_LockCtrl_Lock

enumerator kCDOG_LockCtrl_Unlock

typedef uint32_t secure_counter_t

SC_ADD(add)

SC_ADD1

SC_ADD16

SC_ADD256

SC_SUB(sub)

SC_SUB1

SC_SUB16

SC_SUB256

SC_CHECK(val)

struct cdog_config_t: #include <fsl_cdog.h>

Clock Driver

enum _clock_ip_name

Clock gate name used for CLOCK_EnableClock/CLOCK_DisableClock.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_InputMux: Clock gate name: INPUTMUX0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateINPUTMUX0: Clock gate name: INPUTMUX0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateI3C0: Clock gate name: I3C0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCTIMER0: Clock gate name: CTIMER0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCTIMER1: Clock gate name: CTIMER1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCTIMER2: Clock gate name: CTIMER2

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCTIMER3: Clock gate name: CTIMER3

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCTIMER4: Clock gate name: CTIMER4

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFREQME: Clock gate name: FREQME

enumerator kCLOCK_GateUTICK0: Clock gate name: UTICK0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateWWDT0: Clock gate name: WWDT0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateDMA: Clock gate name: DMA

enumerator kCLOCK_GateAOI0: Clock gate name: AOI0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCRC0: Clock gate name: CRC0

enumerator kCLOCK_Crc0: Clock gate name: CRC0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateEIM0: Clock gate name: EIM0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateERM0: Clock gate name: ERM0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFMC: Clock gate name: FMC

enumerator kCLOCK_GateAOI1: Clock gate name: AOI1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFLEXIO0: Clock gate name: FLEXIO0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPI2C0: Clock gate name: LPI2C0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPI2C1: Clock gate name: LPI2C1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPSPI0: Clock gate name: LPSPI0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPSPI1: Clock gate name: LPSPI1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPUART0: Clock gate name: LPUART0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPUART1: Clock gate name: LPUART1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPUART2: Clock gate name: LPUART2

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPUART3: Clock gate name: LPUART3

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPUART4: Clock gate name: LPUART4

enumerator kCLOCK_GateUSB0: Clock gate name: USB0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateQDC0: Clock gate name: QDC0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateQDC1: Clock gate name: QDC1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFLEXPWM0: Clock gate name: FLEXPWM0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFLEXPWM1: Clock gate name: FLEXPWM1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateOSTIMER0: Clock gate name: OSTIMER0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateADC0: Clock gate name: ADC0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateADC1: Clock gate name: ADC1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCMP0: Clock gate name: CMP0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateCMP1: Clock gate name: CMP1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateDAC0: Clock gate name: DAC0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateOPAMP0: Clock gate name: OPAMP0

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePORT0: Clock gate name: PORT0

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePORT1: Clock gate name: PORT1

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePORT2: Clock gate name: PORT2

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePORT3: Clock gate name: PORT3

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePORT4: Clock gate name: PORT4

enumerator kCLOCK_GateFLEXCAN0: Clock gate name: FLEXCAN0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPI2C2: Clock gate name: LPI2C2

enumerator kCLOCK_GateLPI2C3: Clock gate name: LPI2C3

enumerator kCLOCK_GateMTR: Clock gate name: MTR

enumerator kCLOCK_GateTCU: Clock gate name: TCU

enumerator kCLOCK_GateRAMA: Clock gate name: RAMA

enumerator kCLOCK_GateRAMB: Clock gate name: RAMB

enumerator kCLOCK_GateGPIO0: Clock gate name: GPIO0

enumerator kCLOCK_GateGPIO1: Clock gate name: GPIO1

enumerator kCLOCK_GateGPIO2: Clock gate name: GPIO2

enumerator kCLOCK_GateGPIO3: Clock gate name: GPIO3

enumerator kCLOCK_GateGPIO4: Clock gate name: GPIO4

enumerator kCLOCK_GateROMC: Clock gate name: ROMC

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM0SM0: Clock gate name: FlexPWM0 SM0

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM0SM1: Clock gate name: FlexPWM0 SM1

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM0SM2: Clock gate name: FlexPWM0 SM2

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM1SM0: Clock gate name: FlexPWM1 SM0

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM1SM1: Clock gate name: FlexPWM1 SM1

enumerator kCLOCK_GatePWM1SM2: Clock gate name: FlexPWM1 SM2

enumerator kCLOCK_GateNotAvail: Clock gate name: None

enum _clock_name

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_MainClk: MAIN_CLK

enumerator kCLOCK_CoreSysClk: Core/system clock(CPU_CLK)

enumerator kCLOCK_SYSTEM_CLK: AHB clock

enumerator kCLOCK_BusClk: Bus clock (AHB clock)

enumerator kCLOCK_ExtClk: External Clock

enumerator kCLOCK_FroHf: FRO192

enumerator kCLOCK_FroHfDiv: Divided by FRO192

enumerator kCLOCK_Clk48M: CLK48M

enumerator kCLOCK_Fro12M: FRO12M

enumerator kCLOCK_Clk1M: CLK1M

enumerator kCLOCK_Fro16K: FRO16K

enumerator kCLOCK_Clk16K0: CLK16K[0]

enumerator kCLOCK_Clk16K1: CLK16K[1]

enumerator kCLOCK_SLOW_CLK: SYSTEM_CLK divided by 4

enum _clock_select_name

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_SelI3C0_FCLK

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCTIMER0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCTIMER1

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCTIMER2

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCTIMER3

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCTIMER4

enumerator kCLOCK_SelFLEXIO0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPI2C0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPI2C1

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPSPI0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPSPI1

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPUART0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPUART1

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPUART2

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPUART3

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPUART4

enumerator kCLOCK_SelUSB0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPTMR0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelOSTIMER0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelADC0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelADC1

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCMP0_RR

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCMP1_RR

enumerator kCLOCK_SelDAC0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelFLEXCAN0

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPI2C2

enumerator kCLOCK_SelLPI2C3

enumerator kCLOCK_SelTRACE

enumerator kCLOCK_SelCLKOUT

enumerator kCLOCK_SelSYSTICK

enumerator kCLOCK_SelSCGSCS: SCG SCS clock selection

enumerator kCLOCK_SelMax: MAX clock selection

enum _clock_attach_id

The enumerator of clock attach Id.

Values:

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_MAIN_CLK: Attach clk_in to MAIN_CLK.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_MAIN_CLK: Attach FRO_12M to MAIN_CLK.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_MAIN_CLK: Attach FRO_HF to MAIN_CLK.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_MAIN_CLK: Attach CLK_16K[1] to MAIN_CLK.

enumerator kNONE_to_MAIN_CLK: Attach NONE to MAIN_CLK.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_I3C0FCLK: Attach FRO12M to I3C0FCLK.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_I3C0FCLK: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to I3C0FCLK.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_I3C0FCLK: Attach CLK_IN to I3C0FCLK.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_I3C0FCLK: Attach CLK_1M to I3C0FCLK.

enumerator kNONE_to_I3C0FCLK: Attach NONE to I3C0FCLK.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CTIMER0: Attach FRO12M to CTIMER0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_CTIMER0: Attach FRO_HF to CTIMER0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CTIMER0: Attach CLK_IN to CTIMER0.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CTIMER0: Attach CLK_16K to CTIMER0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CTIMER0: Attach CLK_1M to CTIMER0.

enumerator kNONE_to_CTIMER0: Attach NONE to CTIMER0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CTIMER1: Attach FRO12M to CTIMER1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_CTIMER1: Attach FRO_HF to CTIMER1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CTIMER1: Attach CLK_IN to CTIMER1.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CTIMER1: Attach CLK_16K to CTIMER1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CTIMER1: Attach CLK_1M to CTIMER1.

enumerator kNONE_to_CTIMER1: Attach NONE to CTIMER1.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CTIMER2: Attach FRO12M to CTIMER2.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_CTIMER2: Attach FRO_HF to CTIMER2.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CTIMER2: Attach CLK_IN to CTIMER2.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CTIMER2: Attach CLK_16K to CTIMER2.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CTIMER2: Attach CLK_1M to CTIMER2.

enumerator kNONE_to_CTIMER2: Attach NONE to CTIMER2.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CTIMER3: Attach FRO12M to CTIMER3.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_CTIMER3: Attach FRO_HF to CTIMER3.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CTIMER3: Attach CLK_IN to CTIMER3.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CTIMER3: Attach CLK_16K to CTIMER3.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CTIMER3: Attach CLK_1M to CTIMER3.

enumerator kNONE_to_CTIMER3: Attach NONE to CTIMER3.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CTIMER4: Attach FRO12M to CTIMER4.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_CTIMER4: Attach FRO_HF to CTIMER4.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CTIMER4: Attach CLK_IN to CTIMER4.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CTIMER4: Attach CLK_16K to CTIMER4.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CTIMER4: Attach CLK_1M to CTIMER4.

enumerator kNONE_to_CTIMER4: Attach NONE to CTIMER4.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_FLEXIO0: Attach FRO12M to FLEXIO0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_FLEXIO0: Attach FRO_HF to FLEXIO0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_FLEXIO0: Attach CLK_IN to FLEXIO0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_FLEXIO0: Attach CLK_1M to FLEXIO0.

enumerator kNONE_to_FLEXIO0: Attach NONE to FLEXIO0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_FLEXCAN0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to FLEXCAN0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_FLEXCAN0: Attach CLK_IN to FLEXCAN0.

enumerator kNONE_to_FLEXCAN0: Attach NONE to FLEXCAN0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_DAC0: Attach FRO12M to DAC0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_DAC0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to DAC0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_DAC0: Attach CLK_IN to DAC0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_DAC0: Attach CLK_1M to DAC0.

enumerator kNONE_to_DAC0: Attach NONE to DAC0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPI2C0: Attach FRO12M to LPI2C0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPI2C0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPI2C0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPI2C0: Attach CLK_IN to LPI2C0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPI2C0: Attach CLK_1M to LPI2C0.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPI2C0: Attach NONE to LPI2C0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPI2C1: Attach FRO12M to LPI2C1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPI2C1: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPI2C1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPI2C1: Attach CLK_IN to LPI2C1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPI2C1: Attach CLK_1M to LPI2C1.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPI2C1: Attach NONE to LPI2C1.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPI2C2: Attach FRO12M to LPI2C2.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPI2C2: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPI2C2.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPI2C2: Attach CLK_IN to LPI2C2.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPI2C2: Attach CLK_1M to LPI2C2.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPI2C2: Attach NONE to LPI2C2.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPI2C3: Attach FRO12M to LPI2C3.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPI2C3: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPI2C3.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPI2C3: Attach CLK_IN to LPI2C3.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPI2C3: Attach CLK_1M to LPI2C3.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPI2C3: Attach NONE to LPI2C3.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPSPI0: Attach FRO12M to LPSPI0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPSPI0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPSPI0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPSPI0: Attach CLK_IN to LPSPI0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPSPI0: Attach CLK_1M to LPSPI0.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPSPI0: Attach NONE to LPSPI0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPSPI1: Attach FRO12M to LPSPI1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPSPI1: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPSPI1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPSPI1: Attach CLK_IN to LPSPI1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPSPI1: Attach CLK_1M to LPSPI1.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPSPI1: Attach NONE to LPSPI1.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPUART0: Attach FRO12M to LPUART0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPUART0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPUART0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPUART0: Attach CLK_IN to LPUART0.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_LPUART0: Attach CLK_16K to LPUART0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPUART0: Attach CLK_1M to LPUART0.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPUART0: Attach NONE to LPUART0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPUART1: Attach FRO12M to LPUART1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPUART1: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPUART1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPUART1: Attach CLK_IN to LPUART1.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_LPUART1: Attach CLK_16K to LPUART1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPUART1: Attach CLK_1M to LPUART1.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPUART1: Attach NONE to LPUART1.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPUART2: Attach FRO12M to LPUART2.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPUART2: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPUART2: Attach CLK_IN to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_LPUART2: Attach CLK_16K to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPUART2: Attach CLK_1M to LPUART2.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPUART2: Attach NONE to LPUART2.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPUART3: Attach FRO12M to LPUART2.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPUART3: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPUART3: Attach CLK_IN to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_LPUART3: Attach CLK_16K to LPUART2.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPUART3: Attach CLK_1M to LPUART2.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPUART3: Attach NONE to LPUART2.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPUART4: Attach FRO12M to LPUART4.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPUART4: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPUART4.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPUART4: Attach CLK_IN to LPUART4.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_LPUART4: Attach CLK_16K to LPUART4.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPUART4: Attach CLK_1M to LPUART4.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPUART4: Attach NONE to LPUART4.

enumerator kCLK_48M_to_USB0: Attach FRO12M to USB0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_USB0: Attach CLK_IN to USB0.

enumerator kNONE_to_USB0: Attach NONE to USB0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_LPTMR0: Attach FRO12M to LPTMR0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_LPTMR0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to LPTMR0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_LPTMR0: Attach CLK_IN to LPTMR0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_LPTMR0: Attach CLK_1M to LPTMR0.

enumerator kNONE_to_LPTMR0: Attach NONE to LPTMR0.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_OSTIMER: Attach FRO16K to OSTIMER0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_OSTIMER: Attach CLK_1M to OSTIMER0.

enumerator kNONE_to_OSTIMER: Attach NONE to OSTIMER0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_ADC0: Attach FRO12M to ADC0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_ADC0: Attach FRO_HF to ADC0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_ADC0: Attach CLK_IN to ADC0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_ADC0: Attach CLK_1M to ADC0.

enumerator kNONE_to_ADC0: Attach NONE to ADC0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_ADC1: Attach FRO12M to ADC1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_to_ADC1: Attach FRO_HF to ADC1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_ADC1: Attach CLK_IN to ADC1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_ADC1: Attach CLK_1M to ADC1.

enumerator kNONE_to_ADC1: Attach NONE to ADC1.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CMP0: Attach FRO12M to CMP0.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_CMP0: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to CMP0.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CMP0: Attach CLK_IN to CMP0.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CMP0: Attach CLK_1M to CMP0.

enumerator kNONE_to_CMP0: Attach NONE to CMP0.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CMP1: Attach FRO12M to CMP1.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_CMP1: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to CMP1.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CMP1: Attach CLK_IN to CMP1.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_CMP1: Attach CLK_1M to CMP1.

enumerator kNONE_to_CMP1: Attach NONE to CMP1.

enumerator kCPU_CLK_to_TRACE: Attach CPU_CLK to TRACE.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_TRACE: Attach CLK_1M to TRACE.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_TRACE: Attach CLK_16K to TRACE.

enumerator kNONE_to_TRACE: Attach NONE to TRACE.

enumerator kFRO12M_to_CLKOUT: Attach FRO12M to CLKOUT.

enumerator kFRO_HF_DIV_to_CLKOUT: Attach FRO_HF_DIV to CLKOUT.

enumerator kCLK_IN_to_CLKOUT: Attach CLK_IN to CLKOUT.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_CLKOUT: Attach CLK_16K to CLKOUT.

enumerator kSLOW_CLK_to_CLKOUT: Attach SLOW_CLK to CLKOUT.

enumerator kNONE_to_CLKOUT: Attach NONE to CLKOUT.

enumerator kCPU_CLK_to_SYSTICK: Attach CPU_CLK to SYSTICK.

enumerator kCLK_1M_to_SYSTICK: Attach CLK_1M to SYSTICK.

enumerator kCLK_16K_to_SYSTICK: Attach CLK_16K to SYSTICK.

enumerator kNONE_to_SYSTICK: Attach NONE to SYSTICK.

enumerator kNONE_to_NONE: Attach NONE to NONE.

enum _clock_div_name

Clock dividers.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_DivI3C0_FCLK: I3C0_FCLK clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCTIMER0: CTIMER0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCTIMER1: CTIMER1 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCTIMER2: CTIMER2 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCTIMER3: CTIMER3 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCTIMER4: CTIMER4 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivWWDT0: WWDT0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivFLEXIO0: FLEXIO0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPI2C0: LPI2C0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPI2C1: LPI2C1 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPSPI0: LPSPI0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPSPI1: LPSPI1 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPUART0: LPUART0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPUART1: LPUART1 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPUART2: LPUART2 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPUART3: LPUART3 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPUART4: LPUART4 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPTMR0: LPTMR0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivADC0: ADC0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivADC1: ADC1 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCMP0_FUNC: CMP0_FUNC clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCMP0_RR: CMP0_RR clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCMP1_FUNC: CMP1_FUNC clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCMP1_RR: CMP1_RR clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivDAC0: DAC0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivFLEXCAN0: FLEXCAN0 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPI2C2: LPI2C2 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivLPI2C3: LPI2C3 clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivDBG_TRACE: DBG_TRACE clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivTRACE: DBG_TRACE clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivCLKOUT: CLKOUT clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivSYSTICK: SYSTICK clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivFRO_HF_DIV: FRO_HF_DIV clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivSLOWCLK: SLOWCLK clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivAHBCLK: System clock divider

enumerator kCLOCK_DivMax: MAX clock divider

enum _firc_trim_mode

firc trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimNonUpdate: Trim enable but not enable trim value update. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value which is defined by trimCoar and trimFine in configure structure firc_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimUpdate: Trim enable and trim value update enable. In this mode, the trim value is auto update.

enum _firc_trim_src

firc trim source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimSrcUsb0: USB0 start of frame (1kHz).

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimSrcSysOsc: System OSC.

enum _sirc_trim_mode

sirc trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SircTrimNonUpdate: Trim enable but not enable trim value update. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value which is defined by trimCoar and trimFine in configure structure sirc_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_SircTrimUpdate: Trim enable and trim value update enable. In this mode, the trim value is auto update.

enum _sirc_trim_src

sirc trim source.

Values:

enumerator kNoTrimSrc: No external tirm source.

enumerator kSCG_SircTrimSrcSysOsc: System OSC.

enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode

SCG system OSC monitor mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorDisable: Monitor disabled.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorInt: Interrupt when the SOSC error is detected.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorReset: Reset when the SOSC error is detected.

enum _clke_16k

firc trim source.

Values:

enumerator kCLKE_16K_SYSTEM: To VSYS domain.

enumerator kCLKE_16K_COREMAIN: To VDD_CORE domain.

typedef enum _clock_ip_name clock_ip_name_t: Clock gate name used for CLOCK_EnableClock/CLOCK_DisableClock.

typedef enum _clock_name clock_name_t: Clock name used to get clock frequency.

typedef enum _clock_select_name clock_select_name_t: Clock name used to get clock frequency.

typedef enum _clock_attach_id clock_attach_id_t: The enumerator of clock attach Id.

typedef enum _clock_div_name clock_div_name_t: Clock dividers.

typedef enum _firc_trim_mode firc_trim_mode_t: firc trim mode.

typedef enum _firc_trim_src firc_trim_src_t: firc trim source.

typedef struct _firc_trim_config firc_trim_config_t: firc trim configuration.

typedef enum _sirc_trim_mode sirc_trim_mode_t: sirc trim mode.

typedef enum _sirc_trim_src sirc_trim_src_t: sirc trim source.

typedef struct _sirc_trim_config sirc_trim_config_t: sirc trim configuration.

typedef enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t: SCG system OSC monitor mode.

typedef enum _clke_16k clke_16k_t: firc trim source.

static inline void CLOCK_EnableClock(clock_ip_name_t clk)

Enable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

clk – : Clock to be enabled.

Returns:

Nothing

static inline void CLOCK_DisableClock(clock_ip_name_t clk)

Disable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:

clk – : Clock to be Disabled.

Returns:

Nothing

void CLOCK_AttachClk(clock_attach_id_t connection)

Configure the clock selection muxes.

Parameters:

connection – : Clock to be configured.

Returns:

Nothing

clock_attach_id_t CLOCK_GetClockAttachId(clock_attach_id_t connection)

Get the actual clock attach id. This fuction uses the offset in input attach id, then it reads the actual source value in the register and combine the offset to obtain an actual attach id.

Parameters:

connection – : Clock attach id to get.

Returns:

Clock source value.

void CLOCK_SetClockSelect(clock_select_name_t sel_name, uint32_t value)

Set the clock select value. This fuction set the peripheral clock select value.

Parameters:

sel_name – : Clock select.
value – : value to be set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClockSelect(clock_select_name_t sel_name)

Get the clock select value. This fuction get the peripheral clock select value.

Parameters:

sel_name – : Clock select.

Returns:

Clock source value.

void CLOCK_SetClockDiv(clock_div_name_t div_name, uint32_t value)

Setup peripheral clock dividers.

Parameters:

div_name – : Clock divider name
value – : Value to be divided

Returns:

Nothing

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClockDiv(clock_div_name_t div_name)

Get peripheral clock dividers.

Parameters:

div_name – : Clock divider name

Returns:

peripheral clock dividers

void CLOCK_HaltClockDiv(clock_div_name_t div_name)

Halt peripheral clock dividers.

Parameters:

div_name – : Clock divider name

Returns:

Nothing

status_t CLOCK_SetupFROHFClocking(uint32_t iFreq)

Initialize the FROHF to given frequency (48,64,96,192). This function turns on FIRC and select the given frequency as the source of fro_hf.

Parameters:

iFreq – : Desired frequency.

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

status_t CLOCK_SetupFRO12MClocking(void)

Initialize the FRO12M. This function turns on FRO12M.

Returns:: returns success or fail status.

status_t CLOCK_SetupFRO16KClocking(uint8_t clk_16k_enable_mask)

Initialize the FRO16K. This function turns on FRO16K.

Parameters:

clk_16k_enable_mask – 0-3 0b00: disable both clk_16k0 and clk_16k1 0b01: only enable clk_16k0 0b10: only enable clk_16k1 0b11: enable both clk_16k0 and clk_16k1

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

status_t CLOCK_SetupExtClocking(uint32_t iFreq)

Initialize the external osc clock to given frequency.

Parameters:

iFreq – : Desired frequency (must be equal to exact rate in Hz)

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

status_t CLOCK_SetupExtRefClocking(uint32_t iFreq)

Initialize the external reference clock to given frequency.

Parameters:

iFreq – : Desired frequency (must be equal to exact rate in Hz)

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFreq(clock_name_t clockName)

Return Frequency of selected clock.

Returns:: Frequency of selected clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCoreSysClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of core.

Returns:: Frequency of the core

uint32_t CLOCK_GetI3CFClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of I3C FCLK.

Returns:: Frequency of I3C FCLK.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCTimerClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of CTimer functional Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of CTimer functional Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpi2cClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of LPI2C0 functional Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of LPI2C0 functional Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpspiClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of LPSPI functional Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of LPSPI functional Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpuartClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of LPUART functional Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of LPUART functional Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLptmrClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of LPTMR functional Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of LPTMR functional Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetOstimerClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of OSTIMER.

Returns:: Frequency of OSTIMER Clock

uint32_t CLOCK_GetAdcClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of Adc Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of Adc.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetDacClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of Dac Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of Dac.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCmpFClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of CMP Function Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of CMP Function.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCmpRRClkFreq(uint32_t id)

Return Frequency of CMP Round Robin Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of CMP Round Robin.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetTraceClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of Trace Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of Trace.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetClkoutClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of CLKOUT Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of CLKOUT.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSystickClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of Systick Clock.

Returns:: Frequency of Systick.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetWwdtClkFreq(void): brief Return Frequency of Systick Clock return Frequency of Systick.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFlexioClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of FLEXIO FCLK.

Returns:: Frequency of FLEXIO FCLK.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFlexcanClkFreq(void)

Return Frequency of FlexCAN FCLK.

Returns:: Frequency of FlexCAN FCLK.

status_t CLOCK_FROHFTrimConfig(firc_trim_config_t config)

Setup FROHF trim.

Parameters:

config – : FROHF trim value

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

status_t CLOCK_FRO12MTrimConfig(sirc_trim_config_t config)

Setup FRO 12M trim.

Parameters:

config – : FRO 12M trim value

Returns:

returns success or fail status.

void CLOCK_SetSysOscMonitorMode(scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t mode)

Sets the system OSC monitor mode.

This function sets the system OSC monitor mode. The mode can be disabled, it can generate an interrupt when the error is disabled, or reset when the error is detected.

Parameters:

mode – Monitor mode to set.

bool CLOCK_EnableUsbfsClock(void): brief Enable USB FS clock. Enable USB Full Speed clock.

FSL_CLOCK_DRIVER_VERSION: CLOCK driver version 2.0.0.

FSL_SDK_DISABLE_DRIVER_CLOCK_CONTROL

Configure whether driver controls clock.

When set to 0, peripheral drivers will enable clock in initialize function and disable clock in de-initialize function. When set to 1, peripheral driver will not control the clock, application could control the clock out of the driver.

Note

All drivers share this feature switcher. If it is set to 1, application should handle clock enable and disable for all drivers.

SDK_DEVICE_MAXIMUM_CPU_CLOCK_FREQUENCY

CLK_GATE_REG_OFFSET(value): Clock gate name used for CLOCK_EnableClock/CLOCK_DisableClock.

CLK_GATE_BIT_SHIFT(value)

REG_PWM0SUBCTL

REG_PWM1SUBCTL

AOI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for AOI.

CRC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for CRC.

CTIMER_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for CTIMER.

LPDAC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DAC.

DMA_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DMA.

EDMA_CLOCKS: Clock gate name array for EDMA.

ERM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for ERM.

EIM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for EIM.

FLEXCAN_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXCAN.

FLEXIO_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FLEXIO.

FREQME_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for FREQME.

GPIO_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for GPIO.

I3C_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for I3C.

INPUTMUX_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for INPUTMUX.

LPCMP_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for GPIO.

LPADC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPADC.

LPUART_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPUART.

LPI2C_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LPI2C.

LPSPI_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for LSPI.

MTR_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for MTR.

OSTIMER_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for OSTIMER.

OPAMP_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for DAC.

PWM_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for PWM.

QDC_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for QDC.

UTICK_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for UTICK.

WWDT_CLOCKS: Clock ip name array for WWDT.

BUS_CLK: Peripherals clock source definition.

CLK_ATTACH_REG_OFFSET(value)

Clock Mux Switches The encoding is as follows each connection identified is 32bits wide while 24bits are valuable starting from LSB upwards.

[4 bits for choice, 0 means invalid choice] [8 bits mux ID]*

CLK_ATTACH_CLK_SEL(value)

CLK_ATTACH_MUX(reg, sel)

firc_trim_mode_t trimMode: Trim mode.

firc_trim_src_t trimSrc: Trim source.

uint16_t trimDiv: Divider of SOSC.

uint8_t trimCoar: Trim coarse value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_TrimUpdate.

uint8_t trimFine: Trim fine value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_TrimUpdate.

sirc_trim_mode_t trimMode: Trim mode.

sirc_trim_src_t trimSrc: Trim source.

uint16_t trimDiv: Divider of SOSC.

uint8_t cltrim: Trim coarse value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_TrimUpdate.

uint8_t ccotrim: Trim fine value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_TrimUpdate.

struct _firc_trim_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

firc trim configuration.

struct _sirc_trim_config: #include <fsl_clock.h>

sirc trim configuration.

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check Driver

FSL_CRC_DRIVER_VERSION

CRC driver version. Version 2.0.4.

Current version: 2.0.4

Change log:

Version 2.0.4
- Release peripheral from reset if necessary in init function.
Version 2.0.3
- Fix MISRA issues
Version 2.0.2
- Fix MISRA issues
Version 2.0.1
- move DATA and DATALL macro definition from header file to source file

enum _crc_bits

CRC bit width.

Values:

enumerator kCrcBits16: Generate 16-bit CRC code

enumerator kCrcBits32: Generate 32-bit CRC code

enum _crc_result

CRC result type.

Values:

enumerator kCrcFinalChecksum: CRC data register read value is the final checksum. Reflect out and final xor protocol features are applied.

enumerator kCrcIntermediateChecksum: CRC data register read value is intermediate checksum (raw value). Reflect out and final xor protocol feature are not applied. Intermediate checksum can be used as a seed for CRC_Init() to continue adding data to this checksum.

typedef enum _crc_bits crc_bits_t: CRC bit width.

typedef enum _crc_result crc_result_t: CRC result type.

typedef struct _crc_config crc_config_t

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

void CRC_Init(CRC_Type *base, const crc_config_t *config)

Enables and configures the CRC peripheral module.

This function enables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral. It also configures the CRC module and starts a checksum computation by writing the seed.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.
config – CRC module configuration structure.

static inline void CRC_Deinit(CRC_Type *base)

Disables the CRC peripheral module.

This function disables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

void CRC_GetDefaultConfig(crc_config_t *config)

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure.

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure. The default values are as follows.

config->polynomial = 0x1021;
config->seed = 0xFFFF;
config->reflectIn = false;
config->reflectOut = false;
config->complementChecksum = false;
config->crcBits = kCrcBits16;
config->crcResult = kCrcFinalChecksum;

Parameters:

config – CRC protocol configuration structure.

void CRC_WriteData(CRC_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataSize)

Writes data to the CRC module.

Writes input data buffer bytes to the CRC data register. The configured type of transpose is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.
data – Input data stream, MSByte in data[0].
dataSize – Size in bytes of the input data buffer.

uint32_t CRC_Get32bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads the 32-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 32-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

uint16_t CRC_Get16bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads a 16-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:

base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 16-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

CRC_DRIVER_USE_CRC16_CCIT_FALSE_AS_DEFAULT: Default configuration structure filled by CRC_GetDefaultConfig(). Use CRC16-CCIT-FALSE as defeault.

struct _crc_config

#include <fsl_crc.h>

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

Public Members

uint32_t polynomial: CRC Polynomial, MSBit first. Example polynomial: 0x1021 = 1_0000_0010_0001 = x^12+x^5+1

uint32_t seed: Starting checksum value

bool reflectIn: Reflect bits on input.

bool reflectOut: Reflect bits on output.

bool complementChecksum: True if the result shall be complement of the actual checksum.

crc_bits_t crcBits: Selects 16- or 32- bit CRC protocol.

crc_result_t crcResult: Selects final or intermediate checksum return from CRC_Get16bitResult() or CRC_Get32bitResult()

CTIMER: Standard counter/timers

void CTIMER_Init(CTIMER_Type *base, const ctimer_config_t *config)

Ungates the clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application before using the driver.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void CTIMER_Deinit(CTIMER_Type *base)

Gates the timer clock.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

void CTIMER_GetDefaultConfig(ctimer_config_t *config)

Fills in the timers configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->mode = kCTIMER_TimerMode;
config->input = kCTIMER_Capture_0;
config->prescale = 0;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

status_t CTIMER_SetupPwmPeriod(CTIMER_Type *base, const ctimer_match_t pwmPeriodChannel, ctimer_match_t matchChannel, uint32_t pwmPeriod, uint32_t pulsePeriod, bool enableInt)

Configures the PWM signal parameters.

Enables PWM mode on the match channel passed in and will then setup the match value and other match parameters to generate a PWM signal. This function can manually assign the specified channel to set the PWM cycle.

Note

When setting PWM output from multiple output pins, all should use the same PWM period

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
pwmPeriodChannel – Specify the channel to control the PWM period
matchChannel – Match pin to be used to output the PWM signal
pwmPeriod – PWM period match value
pulsePeriod – Pulse width match value
enableInt – Enable interrupt when the timer value reaches the match value of the PWM pulse, if it is 0 then no interrupt will be generated.

Returns:

kStatus_Success on success kStatus_Fail If matchChannel is equal to pwmPeriodChannel; this channel is reserved to set the PWM cycle If PWM pulse width register value is larger than 0xFFFFFFFF.

status_t CTIMER_SetupPwm(CTIMER_Type *base, const ctimer_match_t pwmPeriodChannel, ctimer_match_t matchChannel, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, bool enableInt)

Configures the PWM signal parameters.

Enables PWM mode on the match channel passed in and will then setup the match value and other match parameters to generate a PWM signal. This function can manually assign the specified channel to set the PWM cycle.

Note

When setting PWM output from multiple output pins, all should use the same PWM frequency. Please use CTIMER_SetupPwmPeriod to set up the PWM with high resolution.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
pwmPeriodChannel – Specify the channel to control the PWM period
matchChannel – Match pin to be used to output the PWM signal
dutyCyclePercent – PWM pulse width; the value should be between 0 to 100
pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz
srcClock_Hz – Timer counter clock in Hz
enableInt – Enable interrupt when the timer value reaches the match value of the PWM pulse, if it is 0 then no interrupt will be generated.

static inline void CTIMER_UpdatePwmPulsePeriod(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t matchChannel, uint32_t pulsePeriod)

Updates the pulse period of an active PWM signal.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
matchChannel – Match pin to be used to output the PWM signal
pulsePeriod – New PWM pulse width match value

status_t CTIMER_UpdatePwmDutycycle(CTIMER_Type *base, const ctimer_match_t pwmPeriodChannel, ctimer_match_t matchChannel, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent)

Updates the duty cycle of an active PWM signal.

Note

Please use CTIMER_SetupPwmPeriod to update the PWM with high resolution. This function can manually assign the specified channel to set the PWM cycle.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
pwmPeriodChannel – Specify the channel to control the PWM period
matchChannel – Match pin to be used to output the PWM signal
dutyCyclePercent – New PWM pulse width; the value should be between 0 to 100

Returns:

kStatus_Success on success kStatus_Fail If PWM pulse width register value is larger than 0xFFFFFFFF.

static inline void CTIMER_EnableInterrupts(CTIMER_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ctimer_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void CTIMER_DisableInterrupts(CTIMER_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ctimer_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t CTIMER_GetEnabledInterrupts(CTIMER_Type *base)

Gets the enabled Timer interrupts.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ctimer_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t CTIMER_GetStatusFlags(CTIMER_Type *base)

Gets the Timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ctimer_status_flags_t

static inline void CTIMER_ClearStatusFlags(CTIMER_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the Timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ctimer_status_flags_t

static inline void CTIMER_StartTimer(CTIMER_Type *base)

Starts the Timer counter.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

static inline void CTIMER_StopTimer(CTIMER_Type *base)

Stops the Timer counter.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

FSL_CTIMER_DRIVER_VERSION: Version 2.3.3

enum _ctimer_capture_channel

List of Timer capture channels.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_0: Timer capture channel 0

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_1: Timer capture channel 1

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_3: Timer capture channel 3

enum _ctimer_capture_edge

List of capture edge options.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_RiseEdge: Capture on rising edge

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_FallEdge: Capture on falling edge

enumerator kCTIMER_Capture_BothEdge: Capture on rising and falling edge

enum _ctimer_match

List of Timer match registers.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Match_0: Timer match register 0

enumerator kCTIMER_Match_1: Timer match register 1

enumerator kCTIMER_Match_2: Timer match register 2

enumerator kCTIMER_Match_3: Timer match register 3

enum _ctimer_external_match

List of external match.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_External_Match_0: External match 0

enumerator kCTIMER_External_Match_1: External match 1

enumerator kCTIMER_External_Match_2: External match 2

enumerator kCTIMER_External_Match_3: External match 3

enum _ctimer_match_output_control

List of output control options.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Output_NoAction: No action is taken

enumerator kCTIMER_Output_Clear: Clear the EM bit/output to 0

enumerator kCTIMER_Output_Set: Set the EM bit/output to 1

enumerator kCTIMER_Output_Toggle: Toggle the EM bit/output

enum _ctimer_timer_mode

List of Timer modes.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_TimerMode

enumerator kCTIMER_IncreaseOnRiseEdge

enumerator kCTIMER_IncreaseOnFallEdge

enumerator kCTIMER_IncreaseOnBothEdge

enum _ctimer_interrupt_enable

List of Timer interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Match0InterruptEnable: Match 0 interrupt

enumerator kCTIMER_Match1InterruptEnable: Match 1 interrupt

enumerator kCTIMER_Match2InterruptEnable: Match 2 interrupt

enumerator kCTIMER_Match3InterruptEnable: Match 3 interrupt

enum _ctimer_status_flags

List of Timer flags.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_Match0Flag: Match 0 interrupt flag

enumerator kCTIMER_Match1Flag: Match 1 interrupt flag

enumerator kCTIMER_Match2Flag: Match 2 interrupt flag

enumerator kCTIMER_Match3Flag: Match 3 interrupt flag

enum ctimer_callback_type_t

Callback type when registering for a callback. When registering a callback an array of function pointers is passed the size could be 1 or 8, the callback type will tell that.

Values:

enumerator kCTIMER_SingleCallback: Single Callback type where there is only one callback for the timer. based on the status flags different channels needs to be handled differently

enumerator kCTIMER_MultipleCallback: Multiple Callback type where there can be 8 valid callbacks, one per channel. for both match/capture

typedef enum _ctimer_capture_channel ctimer_capture_channel_t: List of Timer capture channels.

typedef enum _ctimer_capture_edge ctimer_capture_edge_t: List of capture edge options.

typedef enum _ctimer_match ctimer_match_t: List of Timer match registers.

typedef enum _ctimer_external_match ctimer_external_match_t: List of external match.

typedef enum _ctimer_match_output_control ctimer_match_output_control_t: List of output control options.

typedef enum _ctimer_timer_mode ctimer_timer_mode_t: List of Timer modes.

typedef enum _ctimer_interrupt_enable ctimer_interrupt_enable_t: List of Timer interrupts.

typedef enum _ctimer_status_flags ctimer_status_flags_t: List of Timer flags.

typedef void (*ctimer_callback_t)(uint32_t flags)

typedef struct _ctimer_match_config ctimer_match_config_t

Match configuration.

This structure holds the configuration settings for each match register.

typedef struct _ctimer_config ctimer_config_t

Timer configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the Timer peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the CTIMER_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

void CTIMER_SetupMatch(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t matchChannel, const ctimer_match_config_t *config)

Setup the match register.

User configuration is used to setup the match value and action to be taken when a match occurs.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
matchChannel – Match register to configure
config – Pointer to the match configuration structure

uint32_t CTIMER_GetOutputMatchStatus(CTIMER_Type *base, uint32_t matchChannel)

Get the status of output match.

This function gets the status of output MAT, whether or not this output is connected to a pin. This status is driven to the MAT pins if the match function is selected via IOCON. 0 = LOW. 1 = HIGH.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
matchChannel – External match channel, user can obtain the status of multiple match channels at the same time by using the logic of “|” enumeration ctimer_external_match_t

Returns:

The mask of external match channel status flags. Users need to use the _ctimer_external_match type to decode the return variables.

void CTIMER_SetupCapture(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_capture_channel_t capture, ctimer_capture_edge_t edge, bool enableInt)

Setup the capture.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
capture – Capture channel to configure
edge – Edge on the channel that will trigger a capture
enableInt – Flag to enable channel interrupts, if enabled then the registered call back is called upon capture

static inline uint32_t CTIMER_GetTimerCountValue(CTIMER_Type *base)

Get the timer count value from TC register.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.

Returns:

return the timer count value.

void CTIMER_RegisterCallBack(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_callback_t *cb_func, ctimer_callback_type_t cb_type)

Register callback.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
cb_func – callback function
cb_type – callback function type, singular or multiple

static inline void CTIMER_Reset(CTIMER_Type *base)

Reset the counter.

The timer counter and prescale counter are reset on the next positive edge of the APB clock.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address

static inline void CTIMER_SetPrescale(CTIMER_Type *base, uint32_t prescale)

Setup the timer prescale value.

Specifies the maximum value for the Prescale Counter.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
prescale – Prescale value

static inline uint32_t CTIMER_GetCaptureValue(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_capture_channel_t capture)

Get capture channel value.

Get the counter/timer value on the corresponding capture channel.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
capture – Select capture channel

Returns:

The timer count capture value.

static inline void CTIMER_EnableResetMatchChannel(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t match, bool enable)

Enable reset match channel.

Set the specified match channel reset operation.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address
match – match channel used
enable – Enable match channel reset operation.

static inline void CTIMER_EnableStopMatchChannel(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t match, bool enable)

Enable stop match channel.

Set the specified match channel stop operation.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.
match – match channel used.
enable – Enable match channel stop operation.

static inline void CTIMER_EnableMatchChannelReload(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t match, bool enable)

Enable reload channel falling edge.

Enable the specified match channel reload match shadow value.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.
match – match channel used.
enable – Enable .

static inline void CTIMER_EnableRisingEdgeCapture(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_capture_channel_t capture, bool enable)

Enable capture channel rising edge.

Sets the specified capture channel for rising edge capture.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.
capture – capture channel used.
enable – Enable rising edge capture.

static inline void CTIMER_EnableFallingEdgeCapture(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_capture_channel_t capture, bool enable)

Enable capture channel falling edge.

Sets the specified capture channel for falling edge capture.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.
capture – capture channel used.
enable – Enable falling edge capture.

static inline void CTIMER_SetShadowValue(CTIMER_Type *base, ctimer_match_t match, uint32_t matchvalue)

Set the specified match shadow channel.

Parameters:

base – Ctimer peripheral base address.
match – match channel used.
matchvalue – Reload the value of the corresponding match register.

struct _ctimer_match_config

#include <fsl_ctimer.h>

Match configuration.

This structure holds the configuration settings for each match register.

Public Members

uint32_t matchValue: This is stored in the match register

bool enableCounterReset: true: Match will reset the counter false: Match will not reser the counter

bool enableCounterStop: true: Match will stop the counter false: Match will not stop the counter

ctimer_match_output_control_t outControl: Action to be taken on a match on the EM bit/output

bool outPinInitState: Initial value of the EM bit/output

bool enableInterrupt: true: Generate interrupt upon match false: Do not generate interrupt on match

struct _ctimer_config

#include <fsl_ctimer.h>

Timer configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the Timer peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the CTIMER_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

ctimer_timer_mode_t mode: Timer mode

ctimer_capture_channel_t input: Input channel to increment the timer, used only in timer modes that rely on this input signal to increment TC

uint32_t prescale: Prescale value

DAC: Digital-to-Analog Converter Driver

void DAC_Init(LPDAC_Type *base, const dac_config_t *config)

Initialize the DAC module with common configuartion.

The clock will be enabled in this function.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
config – Pointer to configuration structure.

void DAC_GetDefaultConfig(dac_config_t *config)

Get the default settings for initialization’s configuration.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to a default value. The default values are:

config->fifoWatermarkLevel = 0U;
config->fifoTriggerMode = kDAC_FIFOTriggerByHardwareMode;
config->fifoWorkMode = kDAC_FIFODisabled;
config->enableLowPowerMode = false;
config->referenceVoltageSource = kDAC_ReferenceVoltageSourceAlt1;

Parameters:

config – Pointer to configuration structure.

void DAC_Deinit(LPDAC_Type *base)

De-initialize the DAC module.

The clock will be disabled in this function.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.

static inline void DAC_SetReset(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Assert the reset control to part hardware.

This function is to assert the reset control to part hardware. Responding part hardware would remain reset untill cleared by software.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
mask – The reset control mask, see to _dac_reset_control_t.

static inline void DAC_ClearReset(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear the reset control to part hardware.

This function is to clear the reset control to part hardware. Responding part hardware would work after the reset control is cleared by software.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
mask – The reset control mask, see to _dac_reset_control_t.

static inline void DAC_Enable(LPDAC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the DAC hardware system or not.

This function is to start the Programmable Reference Generator operation or not.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
enable – Assertion of indicated event.

static inline void DAC_EnableInterrupts(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of indicated interrupt events. See to _dac_interrupt_enable.

static inline void DAC_DisableInterrupts(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of indicated interrupt events. See to _dac_interrupt_enable.

static inline void DAC_EnableDMA(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enable the DMA switchers or not.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
mask – Mask value of indicated DMA requeset. See to _dac_dma_enable.
enable – Enable the DMA or not.

static inline uint32_t DAC_GetStatusFlags(LPDAC_Type *base)

Get status flags of DAC module.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value of status flags. See to _dac_status_flags.

static inline void DAC_ClearStatusFlags(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t flags)

Clear status flags of DAC module.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
flags – Mask value of status flags to be cleared. See to _dac_status_flags.

static inline void DAC_SetData(LPDAC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set data into the entry of FIFO buffer.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.
value – Setting value into FIFO buffer.

static inline uint32_t DAC_GetFIFOWritePointer(LPDAC_Type *base)

Get the value of the FIFO write pointer.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current value of the FIFO write pointer.

static inline uint32_t DAC_GetFIFOReadPointer(LPDAC_Type *base)

Get the value of the FIFO read pointer.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current value of the FIFO read pointer.

static inline void DAC_DoSoftwareTriggerFIFO(LPDAC_Type *base)

Do software trigger to FIFO when in software mode.

Parameters:

base – DAC peripheral base address.

FSL_DAC_DRIVER_VERSION: DAC driver version 2.1.2.

DAC reset control.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_ResetFIFO: Resets the FIFO pointers and flags.

enumerator kDAC_ResetLogic: Resets all DAC registers and internal logic.

DAC interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_FIFOFullInterruptEnable: FIFO full interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOEmptyInterruptEnable: FIFO empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWatermarkInterruptEnable: FIFO watermark interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_SwingBackInterruptEnable: Swing back one cycle complete interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOOverflowInterruptEnable: FIFO overflow interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOUnderflowInterruptEnable: FIFO underflow interrupt enable.

enumerator kDAC_PeriodTriggerCompleteInterruptEnable: Period trigger mode conversion complete interrupt enable

DAC DMA switchers.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_FIFOEmptyDMAEnable: FIFO empty DMA enable.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWatermarkDMAEnable: FIFO watermark DMA enable.

DAC status flags.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_FIFOUnderflowFlag: This flag means that there is a new trigger after the buffer is empty. The FIFO read pointer will not increase in this case and the data sent to DAC analog conversion will not changed. This flag is cleared by writing a 1 to it.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOOverflowFlag: This flag indicates that data is intended to write into FIFO after the buffer is full. The writer pointer will not increase in this case. The extra data will not be written into the FIFO. This flag is cleared by writing a 1 to it.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOSwingBackFlag: This flag indicates that the DAC has completed one period of conversion in swing back mode. It means that the read pointer has increased to the top (write pointer) once and then decreased to zero once. For example, after three data is written to FIFO, the writer pointer is now 3. Then, if continually triggered, the read pointer will swing like: 0-1-2-1-0-1-2-, and so on. After the fourth trigger, the flag is set. This flag is cleared by writing a 1 to it.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWatermarkFlag: This field is set if the remaining data in FIFO is less than or equal to the setting value of wartermark. By writing data into FIFO by DMA or CPU, this flag is cleared automatically when the data in FIFO is more than the setting value of watermark.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOEmptyFlag: FIFO empty flag.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOFullFlag: FIFO full flag.

enumerator kDAC_PeriodTriggerCompleteFlag: Period trigger mode conversion complete flag.

enum _dac_fifo_trigger_mode

DAC FIFO trigger mode.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_FIFOTriggerByHardwareMode: Buffer would be triggered by hardware.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOTriggerBySoftwareMode: Buffer would be triggered by software.

enum _dac_fifo_work_mode

DAC FIFO work mode.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_FIFODisabled: FIFO mode is disabled and buffer mode is enabled. Any data written to DATA[DATA] goes to buffer then goes to conversion.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWorkAsNormalMode: FIFO mode is enabled. Data will be first read from FIFO to buffer then goes to conversion.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWorkAsSwingMode: In swing mode, the read pointer swings between the writer pointer and zero. That is, the trigger increases the read pointer till reach the writer pointer and decreases the read pointer till zero, and so on. The FIFO empty/full/watermark flag will not update during swing back mode.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWorkAsPeriodTriggerMode: In periodic trigger mode, user only needs to send the first trigger. Then after every [PTG_PERIOD+1] RCLK cycles, DAC will be automatically triggered by internal trigger. There will be [PTG_NUM] internal triggers, thus in total [PTG_NUM+1] conversions including the first trigger sent by user. User can terminate the current conversion queue by clearing the GCR[PTGEN] bit. Then, after the current conversion is completed, the conversion is terminated and the PTGCOCO flag is set. If PCR[PTG_NUM] is set to zero, there will be infinite triggers following the first hardware/software trigger, until the GCR[PTGEN] is cleared by software. In any case, the conversion can be terminated by FIFORST/SWRST.

enumerator kDAC_FIFOWorkAsPeriodTriggerAndSwingMode: Periodically trigger DAC and swing back.

enum _dac_reference_voltage_source

DAC reference voltage source.

Values:

enumerator kDAC_ReferenceVoltageSourceAlt1: The DAC selects VREFH_INT as the reference voltage.

enumerator kDAC_ReferenceVoltageSourceAlt2: The DAC selects VREFH_EXT as the reference voltage.

enum _dac_reference_current_source

Values:

enumerator kDAC_ReferenceCurrentSourcePtat

enumerator kDAC_ReferenceCurrentSourceZtc

typedef enum _dac_fifo_trigger_mode dac_fifo_trigger_mode_t: DAC FIFO trigger mode.

typedef enum _dac_fifo_work_mode dac_fifo_work_mode_t: DAC FIFO work mode.

typedef enum _dac_reference_voltage_source dac_reference_voltage_source_t: DAC reference voltage source.

typedef enum _dac_reference_current_source dac_reference_current_source_t

typedef struct _dac_config dac_config_t: DAC configuration structure.

struct _dac_config

#include <fsl_dac.h>

DAC configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t fifoWatermarkLevel: FIFO’s watermark, the max value can be the hardware FIFO size.

dac_fifo_trigger_mode_t fifoTriggerMode: Select the trigger mode for FIFO.

dac_fifo_work_mode_t fifoWorkMode: Select the work mode for FIFO.

bool enableOpampBuffer: Opamp is used as buffer.

bool enableLowerLowPowerMode: Enable the lower low power mode.

uint32_t periodicTriggerNumber: There will be ‘periodicTriggerNumber’ internal triggers following the first hardware/software trigger. So there will be ‘periodicTriggerNumber + 1’ conversions in total. If set to zero, there will be infinite triggers following the first hw/sw trigger, until the GCR[PTGEN] is cleared.

uint32_t periodicTriggerWidth: Control the periodic trigger frequency. There will be ‘periodicTriggerWidth + 1’ RCLK cycles between each periodic trigger. The periodic trigger frequency should be configured to not larger than the analog conversion speed.

uint32_t syncTime: RCLK cycles before data latch. accessible range is 0-15. It is used to configure the DAC sync cycles which is helpful to reduce glitch on the output. The sync time is (LATCH_CYC+1) RCLK cycles. User should configure this register according to the RCLK frequency. The recommended sync time is at least 40ns.

dac_reference_current_source_t referenceCurrentSource: Select the internal reference current source.

dac_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource: Select the reference voltage source.

eDMA: Enhanced Direct Memory Access (eDMA) Controller Driver

void EDMA_Init(EDMA_Type *base, const edma_config_t *config)

Initializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function ungates the eDMA clock and configures the eDMA peripheral according to the configuration structure. All emda enabled request will be cleared in this function.

Note

This function enables the minor loop map feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
config – A pointer to the configuration structure, see “edma_config_t”.

void EDMA_Deinit(EDMA_Type *base)

Deinitializes the eDMA peripheral.

This function gates the eDMA clock.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

void EDMA_InstallTCD(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Push content of TCD structure into hardware TCD register.

Parameters:

base – EDMA peripheral base address.
channel – EDMA channel number.
tcd – Point to TCD structure.

void EDMA_GetDefaultConfig(edma_config_t *config)

Gets the eDMA default configuration structure.

This function sets the configuration structure to default values. The default configuration is set to the following values.

config.enableContinuousLinkMode = false;
config.enableHaltOnError = true;
config.enableRoundRobinArbitration = false;
config.enableDebugMode = false;

Parameters:

config – A pointer to the eDMA configuration structure.

void EDMA_InitChannel(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_config_t *channelConfig)

EDMA Channel initialization.

Parameters:

base – eDMA4 peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA4 channel number.
channelConfig – pointer to user’s eDMA4 channel config structure, see edma_channel_config_t for detail.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelMemoryAttribute(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_memory_attribute_t writeAttribute, edma_channel_memory_attribute_t readAttribute)

Set channel memory attribute.

Parameters:

base – eDMA4 peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA4 channel number.
writeAttribute – Attributes associated with a write transaction.
readAttribute – Attributes associated with a read transaction.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelSignExtension(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint8_t position)

Set channel sign extension.

Parameters:

base – eDMA4 peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA4 channel number.
position – A non-zero value specifing the sign extend bit position. If 0, sign extension is disabled.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelSwapSize(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_swap_size_t swapSize)

Set channel swap size.

Parameters:

base – eDMA4 peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA4 channel number.
swapSize – Swap occurs with respect to the specified transfer size. If 0, swap is disabled.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelAccessType(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_access_type_t channelAccessType)

Set channel access type.

Parameters:

base – eDMA4 peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA4 channel number.
channelAccessType – eDMA4’s transactions type on the system bus when the channel is active.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelMux(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t channelRequestSource)

Set channel request source.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
channelRequestSource – eDMA hardware service request source for the channel. User need to use the dma_request_source_t type as the input parameter. Note that devices may use other enum type to express dma request source and User can fined it in SOC header or fsl_edma_soc.h.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetChannelSystemBusInformation(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the channel identification and attribute information on the system bus interface.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

The mask of the channel system bus information. Users need to use the _edma_channel_sys_bus_info type to decode the return variables.

static inline void EDMA_EnableChannelMasterIDReplication(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Set channel master ID replication.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – true is enable, false is disable.

static inline void EDMA_SetChannelProtectionLevel(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_protection_level_t level)

Set channel security level.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
level – security level.

void EDMA_ResetChannel(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Sets all TCD registers to default values.

This function sets TCD registers for this channel to default values.

Note

This function must not be called while the channel transfer is ongoing or it causes unpredictable results.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_SetTransferConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA transfer attribute.

This function configures the transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config;
edma_tcd_t tcd;
config.srcAddr = ..;
config.destAddr = ..;
...
EDMA_SetTransferConfig(DMA0, channel, &config, &stcd);

Note

If nextTcd is not NULL, it means scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the eDMA_ResetChannel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Point to TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_SetMinorOffsetConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA minor offset feature.

The minor offset means that the signed-extended value is added to the source address or destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelPreemptionConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, const edma_channel_Preemption_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA channel preemption feature.

This function configures the channel preemption attribute and the priority of the channel.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number
config – A pointer to the channel preemption configuration structure.

void EDMA_SetChannelLink(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA transfer.

This function configures either the minor link or the major link mode. The minor link means that the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
type – A channel link type, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

void EDMA_SetBandWidth(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA transfer.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_SetModulo(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA transfer.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_EnableAsyncRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an async request for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

static inline void EDMA_EnableAutoStopRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, bool enable)

Enables an auto stop request for the eDMA transfer.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_EnableChannelInterrupts(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_DisableChannelInterrupts(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of the interrupt source to be set. Use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_SetMajorOffsetConfig(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA channel TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – edma channel number.
sourceOffset – source address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCD(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *transfer)

Sets TCD fields according to the user’s channel transfer configuration structure, edma_transfer_config_t.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCDExt

Application should be careful about the TCD pool buffer storage class,

For the platform has cache, the software TCD should be put in non cache section
The TCD pool buffer should have a consistent storage class.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
transfer – channel transfer configuration pointer.

void EDMA_TcdReset(edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdResetExt

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfigExt

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfigExt

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLink(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetChannelLinkExt

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
type – Channel link type, it can be one of:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TcdSetBandWidth(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetBandWidthExt

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_TcdSetModulo(edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetModuloExt

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequest(edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequestExt

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdEnableInterruptsExt

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterrupts(edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdDisableInterruptsExt

Parameters:

tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfig(edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

@Note This API only supports EDMA4 TCD type. It can be used to support all types with extension API EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfigExt

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

void EDMA_ConfigChannelSoftwareTCDExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *transfer)

Sets TCD fields according to the user’s channel transfer configuration structure, edma_transfer_config_t.

Application should be careful about the TCD pool buffer storage class,

For the platform has cache, the software TCD should be put in non cache section
The TCD pool buffer should have a consistent storage class.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
transfer – channel transfer configuration pointer.

void EDMA_TcdResetExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Sets all fields to default values for the TCD structure.

This function sets all fields for this TCD structure to default value.

Note

This function enables the auto stop request feature.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_transfer_config_t *config, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Configures the eDMA TCD transfer attribute.

The TCD is a transfer control descriptor. The content of the TCD is the same as the hardware TCD registers. The TCD is used in the scatter-gather mode. This function configures the TCD transfer attribute, including source address, destination address, transfer size, address offset, and so on. It also configures the scatter gather feature if the user supplies the next TCD address. Example:

edma_transfer_t config = {
...
}
edma_tcd_t tcd __aligned(32);
edma_tcd_t nextTcd __aligned(32);
EDMA_TcdSetTransferConfig(&tcd, &config, &nextTcd);

Note

TCD address should be 32 bytes aligned or it causes an eDMA error.

Note

If the nextTcd is not NULL, the scatter gather feature is enabled and DREQ bit is cleared in the previous transfer configuration, which is set in the EDMA_TcdReset.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Pointer to the TCD structure.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.
nextTcd – Pointer to the next TCD structure. It can be NULL if users do not want to enable scatter/gather feature.

void EDMA_TcdSetMinorOffsetConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, const edma_minor_offset_config_t *config)

Configures the eDMA TCD minor offset feature.

A minor offset is a signed-extended value added to the source address or a destination address after each minor loop.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
config – A pointer to the minor offset configuration structure.

void EDMA_TcdSetChannelLinkExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_channel_link_type_t type, uint32_t linkedChannel)

Sets the channel link for the eDMA TCD.

This function configures either a minor link or a major link. The minor link means the channel link is triggered every time CITER decreases by 1. The major link means that the channel link is triggered when the CITER is exhausted.

Note

Users should ensure that DONE flag is cleared before calling this interface, or the configuration is invalid.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
type – Channel link type, it can be one of:
- kEDMA_LinkNone
- kEDMA_MinorLink
- kEDMA_MajorLink
linkedChannel – The linked channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TcdSetBandWidthExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_bandwidth_t bandWidth)

Sets the bandwidth for the eDMA TCD.

Because the eDMA processes the minor loop, it continuously generates read/write sequences until the minor count is exhausted. The bandwidth forces the eDMA to stall after the completion of each read/write access to control the bus request bandwidth seen by the crossbar switch.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
bandWidth – A bandwidth setting, which can be one of the following:
- kEDMABandwidthStallNone
- kEDMABandwidthStall4Cycle
- kEDMABandwidthStall8Cycle

void EDMA_TcdSetModuloExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, edma_modulo_t srcModulo, edma_modulo_t destModulo)

Sets the source modulo and the destination modulo for the eDMA TCD.

This function defines a specific address range specified to be the value after (SADDR + SOFF)/(DADDR + DOFF) calculation is performed or the original register value. It provides the ability to implement a circular data queue easily.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
srcModulo – A source modulo value.
destModulo – A destination modulo value.

static inline void EDMA_TcdEnableAutoStopRequestExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, bool enable)

Sets the auto stop request for the eDMA TCD.

If enabling the auto stop request, the eDMA hardware automatically disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – A pointer to the TCD structure.
enable – The command to enable (true) or disable (false).

void EDMA_TcdEnableInterruptsExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdDisableInterruptsExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt source for the eDMA TCD.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – Point to the TCD structure.
mask – The mask of interrupt source to be set. Users need to use the defined edma_interrupt_enable_t type.

void EDMA_TcdSetMajorOffsetConfigExt(EDMA_Type *base, edma_tcd_t *tcd, int32_t sourceOffset, int32_t destOffset)

Configures the eDMA TCD major offset feature.

Adjustment value added to the source address at the completion of the major iteration count

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
tcd – A point to the TCD structure.
sourceOffset – source address offset wiil be applied to source address after major loop done.
destOffset – destination address offset will be applied to source address after major loop done.

static inline void EDMA_EnableChannelRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Enables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function enables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_DisableChannelRequest(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Disables the eDMA hardware channel request.

This function disables the hardware channel request.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

static inline void EDMA_TriggerChannelStart(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Starts the eDMA transfer by using the software trigger.

This function starts a minor loop transfer.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

uint32_t EDMA_GetRemainingMajorLoopCount(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the remaining major loop count from the eDMA current channel TCD.

This function checks the TCD (Task Control Descriptor) status for a specified eDMA channel and returns the number of major loop count that has not finished.

Note

1. This function can only be used to get unfinished major loop count of transfer without the next TCD, or it might be inaccuracy.

The unfinished/remaining transfer bytes cannot be obtained directly from registers while the channel is running. Because to calculate the remaining bytes, the initial NBYTES configured in DMA_TCDn_NBYTES_MLNO register is needed while the eDMA IP does not support getting it while a channel is active. In another word, the NBYTES value reading is always the actual (decrementing) NBYTES value the dma_engine is working with while a channel is running. Consequently, to get the remaining transfer bytes, a software-saved initial value of NBYTES (for example copied before enabling the channel) is needed. The formula to calculate it is shown below: RemainingBytes = RemainingMajorLoopCount * NBYTES(initially configured)

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

Major loop count which has not been transferred yet for the current TCD.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetErrorStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base)

Gets the eDMA channel error status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of error status flags. Users need to use the _edma_error_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

uint32_t EDMA_GetChannelStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Gets the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

Returns:

The mask of channel status flags. Users need to use the _edma_channel_status_flags type to decode the return variables.

void EDMA_ClearChannelStatusFlags(EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the eDMA channel status flags.

Parameters:

base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.
mask – The mask of channel status to be cleared. Users need to use the defined _edma_channel_status_flags type.

void EDMA_CreateHandle(edma_handle_t *handle, EDMA_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Creates the eDMA handle.

This function is called if using the transactional API for eDMA. This function initializes the internal state of the eDMA handle.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer. The eDMA handle stores callback function and parameters.
base – eDMA peripheral base address.
channel – eDMA channel number.

void EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcdPool, uint32_t tcdSize)

Installs the TCDs memory pool into the eDMA handle.

This function is called after the EDMA_CreateHandle to use scatter/gather feature. This function shall only be used while users need to use scatter gather mode. Scatter gather mode enables EDMA to load a new transfer control block (tcd) in hardware, and automatically reconfigure that DMA channel for a new transfer. Users need to prepare tcd memory and also configure tcds using interface EDMA_SubmitTransfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
tcdPool – A memory pool to store TCDs. It must be 32 bytes aligned.
tcdSize – The number of TCD slots.

void EDMA_SetCallback(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_callback callback, void *userData)

Installs a callback function for the eDMA transfer.

This callback is called in the eDMA IRQ handler. Use the callback to do something after the current major loop transfer completes. This function will be called every time one tcd finished transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
callback – eDMA callback function pointer.
userData – A parameter for the callback function.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferConfig(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure configurations.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE). User can check if 128 bytes support is available for specific instance by FSL_FEATURE_EDMA_INSTANCE_SUPPORT_128_BYTES_TRANSFERn.

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
srcOffset – source address offset.
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
destOffset – destination address offset.
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.

void EDMA_PrepareTransfer(edma_transfer_config_t *config, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_transfer_type_t type)

Prepares the eDMA transfer structure.

This function prepares the transfer configuration structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

config – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.
type – eDMA transfer type.

void EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcd, void *srcAddr, uint32_t srcWidth, int16_t srcOffset, void *destAddr, uint32_t destWidth, int16_t destOffset, uint32_t bytesEachRequest, uint32_t transferBytes, edma_tcd_t *nextTcd)

Prepares the eDMA transfer content descriptor.

This function prepares the transfer content descriptor structure according to the user input.

Note

The data address and the data width must be consistent. For example, if the SRC is 4 bytes, the source address must be 4 bytes aligned, or it results in source address error (SAE).

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
tcd – Pointer to eDMA transfer content descriptor structure.
srcAddr – eDMA transfer source address.
srcWidth – eDMA transfer source address width(bytes).
srcOffset – source address offset.
destAddr – eDMA transfer destination address.
destWidth – eDMA transfer destination address width(bytes).
destOffset – destination address offset.
bytesEachRequest – eDMA transfer bytes per channel request.
transferBytes – eDMA transfer bytes to be transferred.
nextTcd – eDMA transfer linked TCD address.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_tcd_t *tcd)

Submits the eDMA transfer content descriptor.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer content descriptor. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Typical user case:

submit single transfer

edma_tcd_t tcd;
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)

submit static link transfer,

edma_tcd_t tcd[2];
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0], ....)
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[1], ....)
EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0])
EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)

submit dynamic link transfer

edma_tcd_t tcdpool[2];
EDMA_InstallTCDMemory(&g_DMA_Handle, tcdpool, 2);
edma_tcd_t tcd;
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, tcd, ....)
EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, tcd)
EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)

submit loop transfer

edma_tcd_t tcd[2];
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0], ...,&tcd[1])
EDMA_PrepareTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[1], ..., &tcd[0])
EDMA_SubmitTransferTCD(handle, &tcd[0])
EDMA_StartTransfer(handle)

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
tcd – Pointer to eDMA transfer content descriptor structure.

Return values:

kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.
kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.
kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

status_t EDMA_SubmitTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, const edma_transfer_config_t *config)

Submits the eDMA transfer request.

This function submits the eDMA transfer request according to the transfer configuration structure. In scatter gather mode, call this function will add a configured tcd to the circular list of tcd pool. The tcd pools is setup by call function EDMA_InstallTCDMemory before.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.
config – Pointer to eDMA transfer configuration structure.

Return values:

kStatus_EDMA_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed.
kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull – It means TCD queue is full. Submit transfer request is not allowed.
kStatus_EDMA_Busy – It means the given channel is busy, need to submit request later.

status_t EDMA_SubmitLoopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle, edma_transfer_config_t *transfer, uint32_t transferLoopCount)

Submits the eDMA scatter gather transfer configurations.

The function is target for submit loop transfer request, the ring transfer request means that the transfer request TAIL is link to HEAD, such as, A->B->C->D->A, or A->A

To use the ring transfer feature, the application should allocate several transfer object, such as

edma_channel_transfer_config_t transfer[2];
EDMA_TransferSubmitLoopTransfer(psHandle, &transfer, 2U);

Then eDMA driver will link transfer[0] and transfer[1] to each other

Note

Application should check the return value of this function to avoid transfer request submit failed

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer
transfer – pointer to user’s eDMA channel configure structure, see edma_channel_transfer_config_t for detail
transferLoopCount – the count of the transfer ring, if loop count is 1, that means that the one will link to itself.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – It means submit transfer request succeed
kStatus_EDMA_Busy – channel is in busy status
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid Argument

void EDMA_StartTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA starts transfer.

This function enables the channel request. Users can call this function after submitting the transfer request or before submitting the transfer request.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_StopTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA stops transfer.

This function disables the channel request to pause the transfer. Users can call EDMA_StartTransfer() again to resume the transfer.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

void EDMA_AbortTransfer(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA aborts transfer.

This function disables the channel request and clear transfer status bits. Users can submit another transfer after calling this API.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get unused TCD slot number.

This function gets current tcd index which is run. If the TCD pool pointer is NULL, it will return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The unused tcd slot number.

static inline uint32_t EDMA_GetNextTCDAddress(edma_handle_t *handle)

Get the next tcd address.

This function gets the next tcd address. If this is last TCD, return 0.

Parameters:

handle – DMA handle pointer.

Returns:

The next TCD address.

void EDMA_HandleIRQ(edma_handle_t *handle)

eDMA IRQ handler for the current major loop transfer completion.

This function clears the channel major interrupt flag and calls the callback function if it is not NULL.

Note: For the case using TCD queue, when the major iteration count is exhausted, additional operations are performed. These include the final address adjustments and reloading of the BITER field into the CITER. Assertion of an optional interrupt request also occurs at this time, as does a possible fetch of a new TCD from memory using the scatter/gather address pointer included in the descriptor (if scatter/gather is enabled).

For instance, when the time interrupt of TCD[0] happens, the TCD[1] has already been loaded into the eDMA engine. As sga and sga_index are calculated based on the DLAST_SGA bitfield lies in the TCD_CSR register, the sga_index in this case should be 2 (DLAST_SGA of TCD[1] stores the address of TCD[2]). Thus, the “tcdUsed” updated should be (tcdUsed - 2U) which indicates the number of TCDs can be loaded in the memory pool (because TCD[0] and TCD[1] have been loaded into the eDMA engine at this point already.).

For the last two continuous ISRs in a scatter/gather process, they both load the last TCD (The last ISR does not load a new TCD) from the memory pool to the eDMA engine when major loop completes. Therefore, ensure that the header and tcdUsed updated are identical for them. tcdUsed are both 0 in this case as no TCD to be loaded.

See the “eDMA basic data flow” in the eDMA Functional description section of the Reference Manual for further details.

Parameters:

handle – eDMA handle pointer.

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION

eDMA driver version

Version 2.10.4.

_edma_transfer_status eDMA transfer status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_QueueFull: TCD queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_EDMA_Busy: Channel is busy and can’t handle the transfer request.

enum _edma_transfer_size

eDMA transfer configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize1Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 1 byte every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize2Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 2 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize4Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 4 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize8Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 8 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize16Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 16 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize32Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 32 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize64Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 64 bytes every time

enumerator kEDMA_TransferSize128Bytes: Source/Destination data transfer size is 128 bytes every time

enum _edma_modulo

eDMA modulo configuration

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ModuloDisable: Disable modulo

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2bytes: Circular buffer size is 2 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4bytes: Circular buffer size is 4 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8bytes: Circular buffer size is 8 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16bytes: Circular buffer size is 16 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32bytes: Circular buffer size is 32 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64bytes: Circular buffer size is 64 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128bytes: Circular buffer size is 128 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256bytes: Circular buffer size is 256 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512bytes: Circular buffer size is 512 bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Kbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 K bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo4Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 4 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo8Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 8 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo16Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 16 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo32Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 32 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo64Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 64 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo128Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 128 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo256Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 256 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo512Mbytes: Circular buffer size is 512 M bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo1Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 1 G bytes.

enumerator kEDMA_Modulo2Gbytes: Circular buffer size is 2 G bytes.

enum _edma_bandwidth

Bandwidth control.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStallNone: No eDMA engine stalls.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall4Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 4 cycles after each read/write.

enumerator kEDMA_BandwidthStall8Cycle: eDMA engine stalls for 8 cycles after each read/write.

enum _edma_channel_link_type

Channel link type.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_LinkNone: No channel link

enumerator kEDMA_MinorLink: Channel link after each minor loop

enumerator kEDMA_MajorLink: Channel link while major loop count exhausted

_edma_channel_status_flags eDMA channel status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DoneFlag: DONE flag, set while transfer finished, CITER value exhausted

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorFlag: eDMA error flag, an error occurred in a transfer

enumerator kEDMA_InterruptFlag: eDMA interrupt flag, set while an interrupt occurred of this channel

_edma_error_status_flags eDMA channel error status flags.

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationBusErrorFlag: Bus error on destination address

enumerator kEDMA_SourceBusErrorFlag: Bus error on the source address

enumerator kEDMA_ScatterGatherErrorFlag: Error on the Scatter/Gather address, not 32byte aligned.

enumerator kEDMA_NbytesErrorFlag: NBYTES/CITER configuration error

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationOffsetErrorFlag: Destination offset not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_DestinationAddressErrorFlag: Destination address not aligned with destination size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceOffsetErrorFlag: Source offset not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_SourceAddressErrorFlag: Source address not aligned with source size

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorChannelFlag: Error channel number of the cancelled channel number

enumerator kEDMA_TransferCanceledFlag: Transfer cancelled

enumerator kEDMA_ValidFlag: No error occurred, this bit is 0. Otherwise, it is 1.

_edma_interrupt_enable eDMA interrupt source

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ErrorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while channel error occurs.

enumerator kEDMA_MajorInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count exhausted.

enumerator kEDMA_HalfInterruptEnable: Enable interrupt while major count to half value.

enum _edma_transfer_type

eDMA transfer type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToMemory: Transfer from memory to memory

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToMemory: Transfer from peripheral to memory

enumerator kEDMA_MemoryToPeripheral: Transfer from memory to peripheral

enumerator kEDMA_PeripheralToPeripheral: Transfer from Peripheral to peripheral

enum edma_channel_memory_attribute

eDMA channel memory attribute

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteNoReadNoCacheNoBuffer: No write allocate, no read allocate, non-cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteNoReadNoCacheBufferable: No write allocate, no read allocate, non-cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteNoReadCacheableNoBuffer: No write allocate, no read allocate, cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteNoReadCacheableBufferable: No write allocate, no read allocate, cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteReadNoCacheNoBuffer: No write allocate, read allocate, non-cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteReadNoCacheBufferable: No write allocate, read allocate, non-cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteReadCacheableNoBuffer: No write allocate, read allocate, cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelNoWriteReadCacheableBufferable: No write allocate, read allocate, cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteNoReadNoCacheNoBuffer: write allocate, no read allocate, non-cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteNoReadNoCacheBufferable: write allocate, no read allocate, non-cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteNoReadCacheableNoBuffer: write allocate, no read allocate, cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteNoReadCacheableBufferable: write allocate, no read allocate, cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteReadNoCacheNoBuffer: write allocate, read allocate, non-cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteReadNoCacheBufferable: write allocate, read allocate, non-cacheable, bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteReadCacheableNoBuffer: write allocate, read allocate, cacheable, non-bufferable.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteReadCacheableBufferable: write allocate, read allocate, cacheable, bufferable.

enum _edma_channel_swap_size

eDMA4 channel swap size

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelSwapDisabled: Swap is disabled.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelReadWith8bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the read 8bit.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelReadWith16bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the read 16bit.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelReadWith32bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the read 32bit.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteWith8bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the write 8bit.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteWith16bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the write 16bit.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelWriteWith32bitSwap: Swap occurs with respect to the write 32bit.

eDMA channel system bus information, _edma_channel_sys_bus_info

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_PrivilegedAccessLevel: Privileged Access Level for DMA transfers. 0b - User protection level; 1b - Privileged protection level.

enumerator kEDMA_MasterId: DMA’s master ID when channel is active and master ID replication is enabled.

enum _edma_channel_access_type

eDMA4 channel access type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelDataAccess: Data access for eDMA4 transfers.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelInstructionAccess: Instruction access for eDMA4 transfers.

enum _edma_channel_protection_level

eDMA4 channel protection level

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelProtectionLevelUser: user protection level for eDMA transfers.

enumerator kEDMA_ChannelProtectionLevelPrivileged: Privileged protection level eDMA transfers.

typedef enum _edma_transfer_size edma_transfer_size_t: eDMA transfer configuration

typedef enum _edma_modulo edma_modulo_t: eDMA modulo configuration

typedef enum _edma_bandwidth edma_bandwidth_t: Bandwidth control.

typedef enum _edma_channel_link_type edma_channel_link_type_t: Channel link type.

typedef enum _edma_transfer_type edma_transfer_type_t: eDMA transfer type

typedef struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config edma_channel_Preemption_config_t: eDMA channel priority configuration

typedef struct _edma_minor_offset_config edma_minor_offset_config_t: eDMA minor offset configuration

typedef enum edma_channel_memory_attribute edma_channel_memory_attribute_t: eDMA channel memory attribute

typedef enum _edma_channel_swap_size edma_channel_swap_size_t: eDMA4 channel swap size

typedef enum _edma_channel_access_type edma_channel_access_type_t: eDMA4 channel access type

typedef enum _edma_channel_protection_level edma_channel_protection_level_t: eDMA4 channel protection level

typedef struct _edma_channel_config edma_channel_config_t: eDMA4 channel configuration

typedef edma_core_tcd_t edma_tcd_t

eDMA TCD.

This structure is same as TCD register which is described in reference manual, and is used to configure the scatter/gather feature as a next hardware TCD.

typedef struct _edma_transfer_config edma_transfer_config_t

edma4 channel transfer configuration

The transfer configuration structure support full feature configuration of the transfer control descriptor.

1.To perform a simple transfer, below members should be initialized at least .srcAddr - source address .dstAddr - destination address .srcWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of source address .dstWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of destination address, normally it should be as same as srcWidthOfEachTransfer .bytesEachRequest - bytes to be transferred in each DMA request .totalBytes - total bytes to be transferred .srcOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to source address as each source read is completed .dstOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to destination address as each destination write is completed enablchannelRequest - channel request can be enabled together with transfer configure submission

2.The transfer configuration structure also support advance feature: Programmable source/destination address range(MODULO) Programmable minor loop offset Programmable major loop offset Programmable channel chain feature Programmable channel transfer control descriptor link feature

Note

User should pay attention to the transfer size alignment limitation

the bytesEachRequest should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer and the dstWidthOfEachTransfer that is to say bytesEachRequest % srcWidthOfEachTransfer should be 0
the srcOffsetOfEachTransfer and dstOffsetOfEachTransfer must be aligne with transfer width
the totalBytes should align with the bytesEachRequest
the srcAddr should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer
the dstAddr should align with the dstWidthOfEachTransfer
the srcAddr should align with srcAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled
the dstAddr should align with dstAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled If anyone of above condition can not be satisfied, the edma4 interfaces will generate assert error.

typedef struct _edma_config edma_config_t: eDMA global configuration structure.

typedef void (*edma_callback)(struct _edma_handle *handle, void *userData, bool transferDone, uint32_t tcds)

Define callback function for eDMA.

This callback function is called in the EDMA interrupt handle. In normal mode, run into callback function means the transfer users need is done. In scatter gather mode, run into callback function means a transfer control block (tcd) is finished. Not all transfer finished, users can get the finished tcd numbers using interface EDMA_GetUnusedTCDNumber.

Param handle:: EDMA handle pointer, users shall not touch the values inside.
Param userData:: The callback user parameter pointer. Users can use this parameter to involve things users need to change in EDMA callback function.
Param transferDone:: If the current loaded transfer done. In normal mode it means if all transfer done. In scatter gather mode, this parameter shows is the current transfer block in EDMA register is done. As the load of core is different, it will be different if the new tcd loaded into EDMA registers while this callback called. If true, it always means new tcd still not loaded into registers, while false means new tcd already loaded into registers.
Param tcds:: How many tcds are done from the last callback. This parameter only used in scatter gather mode. It tells user how many tcds are finished between the last callback and this.

typedef struct _edma_handle edma_handle_t: eDMA transfer handle structure

FSL_EDMA_DRIVER_EDMA4: eDMA driver name

EDMA_ALLOCATE_TCD(name, number): Macro used for allocate edma TCD.

DMA_DCHPRI_INDEX(channel): Compute the offset unit from DCHPRI3.

struct _edma_channel_Preemption_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA channel priority configuration

Public Members

bool enableChannelPreemption: If true: a channel can be suspended by other channel with higher priority

bool enablePreemptAbility: If true: a channel can suspend other channel with low priority

uint8_t channelPriority: Channel priority

struct _edma_minor_offset_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA minor offset configuration

Public Members

bool enableSrcMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) source minor loop offset.

bool enableDestMinorOffset: Enable(true) or Disable(false) destination minor loop offset.

uint32_t minorOffset: Offset for a minor loop mapping.

struct _edma_channel_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA4 channel configuration

Public Members

edma_channel_Preemption_config_t channelPreemptionConfig: channel preemption configuration

edma_channel_memory_attribute_t channelReadMemoryAttribute: channel memory read attribute configuration

edma_channel_memory_attribute_t channelWriteMemoryAttribute: channel memory write attribute configuration

edma_channel_swap_size_t channelSwapSize: channel swap size configuration

edma_channel_access_type_t channelAccessType: channel access type configuration

uint8_t channelDataSignExtensionBitPosition: channel data sign extension bit psition configuration

uint32_t channelRequestSource: hardware service request source for the channel

bool enableMasterIDReplication: enable master ID replication

edma_channel_protection_level_t protectionLevel: protection level

struct _edma_transfer_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

edma4 channel transfer configuration

The transfer configuration structure support full feature configuration of the transfer control descriptor.

1.To perform a simple transfer, below members should be initialized at least .srcAddr - source address .dstAddr - destination address .srcWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of source address .dstWidthOfEachTransfer - data width of destination address, normally it should be as same as srcWidthOfEachTransfer .bytesEachRequest - bytes to be transferred in each DMA request .totalBytes - total bytes to be transferred .srcOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to source address as each source read is completed .dstOffsetOfEachTransfer - offset value in bytes unit to be applied to destination address as each destination write is completed enablchannelRequest - channel request can be enabled together with transfer configure submission

2.The transfer configuration structure also support advance feature: Programmable source/destination address range(MODULO) Programmable minor loop offset Programmable major loop offset Programmable channel chain feature Programmable channel transfer control descriptor link feature

Note

User should pay attention to the transfer size alignment limitation

the bytesEachRequest should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer and the dstWidthOfEachTransfer that is to say bytesEachRequest % srcWidthOfEachTransfer should be 0
the srcOffsetOfEachTransfer and dstOffsetOfEachTransfer must be aligne with transfer width
the totalBytes should align with the bytesEachRequest
the srcAddr should align with the srcWidthOfEachTransfer
the dstAddr should align with the dstWidthOfEachTransfer
the srcAddr should align with srcAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled
the dstAddr should align with dstAddrModulo if modulo feature is enabled If anyone of above condition can not be satisfied, the edma4 interfaces will generate assert error.

Public Members

uint32_t srcAddr: Source data address.

uint32_t destAddr: Destination data address.

edma_transfer_size_t srcTransferSize: Source data transfer size.

edma_transfer_size_t destTransferSize: Destination data transfer size.

int16_t srcOffset: Sign-extended offset value in byte unit applied to the current source address to form the next-state value as each source read is completed

int16_t destOffset: Sign-extended offset value in byte unit applied to the current destination address to form the next-state value as each destination write is completed.

uint32_t minorLoopBytes: bytes in each minor loop or each request range: 1 - (2^30 -1) when minor loop mapping is enabled range: 1 - (2^10 - 1) when minor loop mapping is enabled and source or dest minor loop offset is enabled range: 1 - (2^32 - 1) when minor loop mapping is disabled

uint32_t majorLoopCounts: minor loop counts in each major loop, should be 1 at least for each transfer range: (0 - (2^15 - 1)) when minor loop channel link is disabled range: (0 - (2^9 - 1)) when minor loop channel link is enabled total bytes in a transfer = minorLoopCountsEachMajorLoop * bytesEachMinorLoop

uint16_t enabledInterruptMask: channel interrupt to enable, can be OR’ed value of _edma_interrupt_enable

edma_modulo_t srcAddrModulo: source circular data queue range

int32_t srcMajorLoopOffset: source major loop offset

edma_modulo_t dstAddrModulo: destination circular data queue range

int32_t dstMajorLoopOffset: destination major loop offset

bool enableSrcMinorLoopOffset: enable source minor loop offset

bool enableDstMinorLoopOffset: enable dest minor loop offset

int32_t minorLoopOffset: burst offset, the offset will be applied after minor loop update

bool enableChannelMajorLoopLink: channel link when major loop complete

uint32_t majorLoopLinkChannel: major loop link channel number

bool enableChannelMinorLoopLink: channel link when minor loop complete

uint32_t minorLoopLinkChannel: minor loop link channel number

edma_tcd_t *linkTCD: pointer to the link transfer control descriptor

struct _edma_config

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA global configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMasterIdReplication: Enable (true) master ID replication. If Master ID replication is disabled, the privileged protection level (supervisor mode) for eDMA4 transfers is used.

bool enableGlobalChannelLink: Enable(true) channel linking is available and controlled by each channel’s link settings.

bool enableHaltOnError: Enable (true) transfer halt on error. Any error causes the HALT bit to set. Subsequently, all service requests are ignored until the HALT bit is cleared.

bool enableDebugMode: Enable(true) eDMA4 debug mode. When in debug mode, the eDMA4 stalls the start of a new channel. Executing channels are allowed to complete.

bool enableRoundRobinArbitration: Enable(true) channel linking is available and controlled by each channel’s link settings.

edma_channel_config_t *channelConfig[1]: channel preemption configuration

struct _edma_handle

#include <fsl_edma.h>

eDMA transfer handle structure

Public Members

edma_callback callback: Callback function for major count exhausted.

void *userData: Callback function parameter.

EDMA_ChannelType *channelBase: eDMA peripheral channel base address.

EDMA_Type *base: eDMA peripheral base address

EDMA_TCDType *tcdBase: eDMA peripheral tcd base address.

edma_tcd_t *tcdPool: Pointer to memory stored TCDs.

uint32_t channel: eDMA channel number.

volatile int8_t header: The first TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be loaded into the eDMA engine.

volatile int8_t tail: The last TCD index. Should point to the next TCD to be stored into the memory pool.

volatile int8_t tcdUsed: The number of used TCD slots. Should reflect the number of TCDs can be used/loaded in the memory.

volatile int8_t tcdSize: The total number of TCD slots in the queue.

eDMA core Driver

enum _edma_tcd_type

eDMA tcd flag type

Values:

enumerator kEDMA_EDMA4Flag: Data access for eDMA4 transfers.

enumerator kEDMA_EDMA5Flag: Instruction access for eDMA4 transfers.

typedef struct _edma_core_mp edma_core_mp_t: edma core channel struture definition

typedef struct _edma_core_channel edma_core_channel_t: edma core channel struture definition

typedef enum _edma_tcd_type edma_tcd_type_t: eDMA tcd flag type

typedef struct _edma5_core_tcd edma5_core_tcd_t: edma5 core TCD struture definition

typedef struct _edma4_core_tcd edma4_core_tcd_t: edma4 core TCD struture definition

typedef struct _edma_core_tcd edma_core_tcd_t: edma core TCD struture definition

typedef edma_core_channel_t EDMA_ChannelType: EDMA typedef.

typedef edma_core_tcd_t EDMA_TCDType

typedef void EDMA_Type

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_EDBG_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_ERCA_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HAE_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HALT_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GCLC_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GMRC_MASK

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_EDBG(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_ERCA(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HAE(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_HALT(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GCLC(x)

DMA_CORE_MP_CSR_GMRC(x)

DMA_CSR_INTMAJOR_MASK

DMA_CSR_INTHALF_MASK

DMA_CSR_DREQ_MASK

DMA_CSR_ESG_MASK

DMA_CSR_BWC_MASK

DMA_CSR_BWC(x)

DMA_CSR_START_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_CITER_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKNO_BITER_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_CITER_SHIFT

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_CITER_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_CITER_SHIFT

DMA_ATTR_SMOD_MASK

DMA_ATTR_DMOD_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKNO_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CSR_MAJORELINK_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_ELINK_MASK

DMA_CSR_MAJORLINKCH_MASK

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH_MASK

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_MLOFF_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_DMLOE_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_SMLOE_MASK

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFNO_NBYTES_MASK

DMA_ATTR_DMOD(x)

DMA_ATTR_SMOD(x)

DMA_BITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH(x)

DMA_CITER_ELINKYES_LINKCH(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_MLOFF(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_DMLOE(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_SMLOE(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFNO_NBYTES(x)

DMA_NBYTES_MLOFFYES_NBYTES(x)

DMA_ATTR_DSIZE(x)

DMA_ATTR_SSIZE(x)

DMA_CSR_DREQ(x)

DMA_CSR_MAJORLINKCH(x)

DMA_CH_MATTR_WCACHE(x)

DMA_CH_MATTR_RCACHE(x)

DMA_CH_CSR_SIGNEXT_MASK

DMA_CH_CSR_SIGNEXT_SHIFT

DMA_CH_CSR_SWAP_MASK

DMA_CH_CSR_SWAP_SHIFT

DMA_CH_SBR_INSTR_MASK

DMA_CH_SBR_INSTR_SHIFT

DMA_CH_MUX_SOURCE(x)

DMA_ERR_DBE_FLAG: DMA error flag.

DMA_ERR_SBE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SGE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_NCE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_DOE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_DAE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SOE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_SAE_FLAG

DMA_ERR_ERRCHAN_FLAG

DMA_ERR_ECX_FLAG

DMA_ERR_FLAG

DMA_CLEAR_DONE_STATUS(base, channel): get/clear DONE bit

DMA_GET_DONE_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_ENABLE_ERROR_INT(base, channel): enable/disable error interupt

DMA_DISABLE_ERROR_INT(base, channel)

DMA_CLEAR_ERROR_STATUS(base, channel): get/clear error status

DMA_GET_ERROR_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_CLEAR_INT_STATUS(base, channel): get/clear INT status

DMA_GET_INT_STATUS(base, channel)

DMA_ENABLE_MAJOR_INT(base, channel): enable/dsiable MAJOR/HALF INT

DMA_ENABLE_HALF_INT(base, channel)

DMA_DISABLE_MAJOR_INT(base, channel)

DMA_DISABLE_HALF_INT(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_ALIGN_SIZE: EDMA tcd align size.

EDMA_CORE_BASE(base): EDMA base address convert macro.

EDMA_MP_BASE(base)

EDMA_CHANNEL_BASE(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_BASE(base, channel)

EDMA_TCD_TYPE(x): EDMA TCD type macro.

EDMA_TCD_SADDR(tcd, flag): EDMA TCD address convert macro.

EDMA_TCD_SOFF(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_ATTR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_NBYTES(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_SLAST(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DADDR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DOFF(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_CITER(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_DLAST_SGA(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_CSR(tcd, flag)

EDMA_TCD_BITER(tcd, flag)

struct _edma_core_mp

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core channel struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MP_CSR: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10000, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t MP_ES: Channel Error Status, array offset: 0x10004, array step: 0x10000

struct _edma_core_channel

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core channel struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_CSR: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10000, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_ES: Channel Error Status, array offset: 0x10004, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_INT: Channel Interrupt Status, array offset: 0x10008, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_SBR: Channel System Bus, array offset: 0x1000C, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_PRI: Channel Priority, array offset: 0x10010, array step: 0x10000

struct _edma5_core_tcd

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma5 core TCD struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR: SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint32_t SADDR_HIGH: SADDR HIGH register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF: SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR: ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES: Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST: SLAST register

__IO uint32_t SLAST_SDA_HIGH: SLAST SDA HIGH register

__IO uint32_t DADDR: DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint32_t DADDR_HIGH: DADDR HIGH register, used for destination address

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA: DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA_HIGH: DLASTSGA HIGH register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t DOFF: DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER: CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint16_t CSR: CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER: BITER register, begin minor loop count.

uint8_t RESERVED[16]: Aligned 64 bytes

struct _edma4_core_tcd

#include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma4 core TCD struture definition

Public Members

__IO uint32_t SADDR: SADDR register, used to save source address

__IO uint16_t SOFF: SOFF register, save offset bytes every transfer

__IO uint16_t ATTR: ATTR register, source/destination transfer size and modulo

__IO uint32_t NBYTES: Nbytes register, minor loop length in bytes

__IO uint32_t SLAST: SLAST register

__IO uint32_t DADDR: DADDR register, used for destination address

__IO uint16_t DOFF: DOFF register, used for destination offset

__IO uint16_t CITER: CITER register, current minor loop numbers, for unfinished minor loop.

__IO uint32_t DLAST_SGA: DLASTSGA register, next tcd address used in scatter-gather mode

__IO uint16_t CSR: CSR register, for TCD control status

__IO uint16_t BITER: BITER register, begin minor loop count.

struct _edma_core_tcd: #include <fsl_edma_core.h>

edma core TCD struture definition

union MP_REGS

Public Members

struct _edma_core_mp EDMA5_REG

struct EDMA5_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t MP_INT_LOW: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10008, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_INT_HIGH: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x1000C, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_HRS_LOW: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10010, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_HRS_HIGH: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10014, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t MP_STOPCH: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10020, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_SSR_LOW: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10030, array step: 0x10000

__I uint32_t MP_SSR_HIGH: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10034, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_GRPRI [64]: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10100, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_MUX [64]: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10200, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint32_t CH_PROT [64]: Channel Control and Status, array offset: 0x10400, array step: 0x10000

union CH_REGS

Public Members

struct _edma_core_channel EDMA5_REG

struct _edma_core_channel EDMA4_REG

struct EDMA5_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_MATTR: Memory Attributes Register, array offset: 0x10018, array step: 0x8000

struct EDMA4_REG

Public Members

__IO uint32_t CH_MUX: Channel Multiplexor Configuration, array offset: 0x10014, array step: 0x10000

__IO uint16_t CH_MATTR: Memory Attributes Register, array offset: 0x10018, array step: 0x8000

union TCD_REGS

Public Members

edma4_core_tcd_t edma4_tcd

eDMA soc Driver

FSL_EDMA_SOC_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver version 2.0.0.

FSL_EDMA_SOC_IP_DMA3: DMA IP version.

FSL_EDMA_SOC_IP_DMA4

EDMA_BASE_PTRS: DMA base table.

EDMA_CHN_IRQS

EDMA_CHANNEL_OFFSET: EDMA base address convert macro.

EDMA_CHANNEL_ARRAY_STEP(base)

EIM: error injection module

FSL_ERM_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver version.

void EIM_Init(EIM_Type *base)

EIM module initialization function.

Parameters:

base – EIM base address.

void EIM_Deinit(EIM_Type *base): De-initializes the EIM.

EQDC: Enhanced Quadrature Encoder/Decoder

void EQDC_Init(EQDC_Type *base, const eqdc_config_t *psConfig)

Initializes the EQDC module.

This function initializes the EQDC by enabling the IP bus clock (optional).

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
psConfig – Pointer to configuration structure.

void EQDC_GetDefaultConfig(eqdc_config_t *psConfig)

Gets an available pre-defined configuration.

The default value are:

psConfig->enableReverseDirection              = false;
psConfig->countOnce                           = false;
psConfig->operateMode                         = kEQDC_QuadratureDecodeOperationMode;
psConfig->countMode                           = kEQDC_QuadratureX4;
psConfig->homeEnableInitPosCounterMode        = kEQDC_HomeInitPosCounterDisabled;
psConfig->indexPresetInitPosCounterMode       = kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterDisabled;
psConfig->enableIndexInitPositionCounter      = false;
psConfig->enableDma                           = false;
psConfig->bufferedRegisterLoadMode            = false;
psConfig->enableTriggerInitPositionCounter    = false;
psConfig->enableTriggerClearPositionRegisters = false;
psConfig->enableTriggerHoldPositionRegisters  = false;
psConfig->enableWatchdog                      = false;
psConfig->watchdogTimeoutValue                = 0xFFFFU;
psConfig->filterPhaseA                        = 0U;
psConfig->filterPhaseB                        = 0U;
psConfig->filterIndPre                        = 0U;
psConfig->filterHomEna                        = 0U;
psConfig->filterClockSourceselection          = false;
psConfig->filterSampleCount                   = kEQDC_Filter3Samples;
psConfig->filterSamplePeriod                  = 0U;
psConfig->outputPulseMode                     = kEQDC_OutputPulseOnCounterEqualCompare;
psConfig->positionCompareValue[0]                = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
psConfig->positionCompareValue[1]             = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
psConfig->positionCompareValue[2]             = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
psConfig->positionCompareValue[3]             = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
psConfig->revolutionCountCondition            = kEQDC_RevolutionCountOnIndexPulse;
psConfig->positionModulusValue                = 0U;
psConfig->positionInitialValue                = 0U;
psConfig->positionCounterValue                = 0U;
psConfig->enablePeriodMeasurement             = false;
psConfig->prescaler                           = kEQDC_Prescaler1;
psConfig->enabledInterruptsMask               = 0U;

Parameters:

psConfig – Pointer to configuration structure.

void EQDC_Deinit(EQDC_Type *base)

De-initializes the EQDC module.

This function deinitializes the EQDC by disabling the IP bus clock (optional).

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

void EQDC_SetOperateMode(EQDC_Type *base, eqdc_operate_mode_t operateMode)

Initializes the mode of operation.

This function initializes mode of operation by enabling the IP bus clock (optional).

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
operateMode – Select operation mode.

static inline void EQDC_SetCountMode(EQDC_Type *base, eqdc_count_mode_t countMode)

Initializes the mode of count.

These bits control the basic counting and behavior of Position Counter and Position Difference Counter. Setting CTRL[REV] to 1 can reverse the counting direction. 1.In quadrature Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 0): 00b - CM0: Normal/Reverse Quadrature X4 01b - CM1: Normal/Reverse Quadrature X2 10b - CM2: Normal/Reverse Quadrature X1 11b - CM3: Reserved 2.In Single Phase Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 1): 00b - CM0: UP/DOWN Pulse Count Mode 01b - CM1: Signed Mode, count PHASEA rising/falling edge, position counter counts up when PHASEB is low and counts down when PHASEB is high 10b - CM2: Signed Count Mode,count PHASEA rising edge only, position counter counts up when PHASEB is low and counts down when PHASEB is high 11b - CM3: Reserved

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
countMode – Select count mode.

static inline void EQDC_EnableWatchdog(EQDC_Type *base, bool bEnable)

Enable watchdog for EQDC module.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
bEnable – Enables or disables the watchdog

static inline void EQDC_SetWatchdogTimeout(EQDC_Type *base, uint16_t u16Timeout)

Set watchdog timeout value.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u16Timeout – Number of clock cycles, plus one clock cycle that the watchdog timer counts before timing out

static inline void EQDC_EnableDMA(EQDC_Type *base, bool bEnable)

Enable DMA for EQDC module.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
bEnable – Enables or disables the DMA

static inline void EQDC_SetBufferedRegisterLoadUpdateMode(EQDC_Type *base)

Set Buffered Register Load (Update) Mode.

This bit selects the loading time point of the buffered compare registers UCOMPx/LCOMPx, x=0~3, initial register (UINIT/LINIT), and modulus register (UMOD/LMOD). Buffered registers are loaded and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address

static inline void EQDC_ClearBufferedRegisterLoadUpdateMode(EQDC_Type *base)

Clear Buffered Register Load (Update) Mode.

Buffered Register Load (Update) Mode bit selects the loading time point of the buffered compare registers UCOMPx/LCOMPx, x=0~3, initial register (UINIT/LINIT), and modulus register (UMOD/LMOD). Buffered registers are loaded and take effect immediately upon CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address

static inline void EQDC_SetEqdcLdok(EQDC_Type *base)

Set load okay.

Load okay enables that the outer-set values of buffered compare registers (UCOMPx/LCOMPx, x=0~3), initial register(UINIT/LINIT) and modulus register(UMOD/LMOD) can be loaded into their inner-sets and take effect. When LDOK is set, this loading action occurs at the next position counter roll-over or roll-under if CTRL2[LDMOD] is set, or it occurs immediately if CTRL2[LDMOD] is cleared. LDOK is automatically cleared after the values in outer-set is loaded into the inner-set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

static inline uint8_t EQDC_GetEqdcLdok(EQDC_Type *base)

Get load okay.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

static inline void EQDC_ClearEqdcLdok(EQDC_Type *base)

Clear load okay.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetStatusFlags(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the status flags.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Logical OR’ed value of the status flags, _eqdc_status_flags.

static inline void EQDC_ClearStatusFlags(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32Flags)

Clear the status flags.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
u32Flags – Logical OR’ed value of the flags to clear, _eqdc_status_flags.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetSignalStatusFlags(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the signals’ real-time status.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Logical OR’ed value of the real-time signal status, _eqdc_signal_status.

static inline eqdc_count_direction_flag_t EQDC_GetLastCountDirection(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the direction of the last count.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Direction of the last count.

static inline void EQDC_EnableInterrupts(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32Interrupts)

Enable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
u32Interrupts – Logical OR’ed value of the interrupts, _eqdc_interrupt_enable.

static inline void EQDC_DisableInterrupts(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32Interrupts)

Disable the interrupts.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.
u32Interrupts – Logical OR’ed value of the interrupts, _eqdc_interrupt_enable.

static inline void EQDC_DoSoftwareLoadInitialPositionValue(EQDC_Type *base)

Load the initial position value to position counter.

Software trigger to load the initial position value (UINIT and LINIT) contents to position counter (UPOS and LPOS), so that to provide the consistent operation the position counter registers.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

static inline void EQDC_SetInitialPositionValue(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32PositionInitValue)

Set initial position value for EQDC module.

Set the position counter initial value (UINIT, LINIT). After writing values to the UINIT and LINIT registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u32PositionInitValue – Position initial value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionCounterValue(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t positionCounterValue)

Set position counter value.

Set the position counter value (POS or UPOS, LPOS).

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
positionCounterValue – Position counter value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionModulusValue(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t positionModulusValue)

Set position counter modulus value.

Set the position counter modulus value (UMOD, LMOD). After writing values to the UMOD and LMOD registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
positionModulusValue – Position modulus value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionCompare0Value(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32PositionComp0Value)

Set position counter compare 0 value.

Set the position counter compare 0 value (UCOMP0, LCOMP0). After writing values to the UCOMP0 and LCOMP0 registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u32PositionComp0Value – Position modulus value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionCompare1Value(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32PositionComp1Value)

Set position counter compare 1 value.

Set the position counter compare 1 value (UCOMP1, LCOMP1). After writing values to the UCOMP1 and LCOMP1 registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u32PositionComp1Value – Position modulus value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionCompare2Value(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32PositionComp2Value)

Set position counter compare 2 value.

Set the position counter compare 2 value (UCOMP2, LCOMP2). After writing values to the UCOMP2 and LCOMP2 registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u32PositionComp2Value – Position modulus value

static inline void EQDC_SetPositionCompare3Value(EQDC_Type *base, uint32_t u32PositionComp3Value)

Set position counter compare 3 value.

Set the position counter compare 3 value (UCOMP3, LCOMP3). After writing values to the UCOMP3 and LCOMP3 registers, the values are “buffered” into outer-set registers temporarily. Values will be loaded into inner-set registers and take effect using the following two methods:

If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 1, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect at the next roll-over or roll-under if CTRL[LDOK] is set.
If CTRL2[LDMODE] is 0, “buffered” values are loaded into inner-set and take effect immediately when CTRL[LDOK] is set.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address
u32PositionComp3Value – Position modulus value

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetPosition(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the current position counter’s value.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current position counter’s value.

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetHoldPosition(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold position counter’s value.

The position counter (POS or UPOS, LPOS) value is loaded to hold position (POSH or UPOSH, LPOSH) when:

Position register (POS or UPOS, LPOS), or position difference register (POSD), or revolution register (REV) is read.
TRIGGER happens and TRIGGER is enabled to update the hold registers.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position counter’s value.

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetHoldPosition1(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold position counter1’s value.

The Upper Position Counter Hold Register 1(UPOSH1) shares the same address with UCOMP1. When read, this register means the value of UPOSH1, which is the upper 16 bits of POSH1. The Lower Position Counter Hold Register 1(LPOSH1) shares the same address with LCOMP1. When read, this register means the value of LPOSH1, which is the lower 16 bits of POSH1. Position counter is captured into POSH1 on the rising edge of ICAP[1].

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position counter1’s value.

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetHoldPosition2(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold position counter2’s value.

The Upper Position Counter Hold Register 2(UPOSH2) shares the same address with UCOMP2. When read,this register means the value of UPOSH2, which is the upper 16 bits of POSH2. The Lower Position Counter Hold Register 2(LPOSH2) shares the same address with LCOMP2. When read, this register means the value of LPOSH2, which is the lower 16 bits of POSH2. Position counter is captured into POSH2 on the rising edge of ICAP[2].

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position counter2’s value.

static inline uint32_t EQDC_GetHoldPosition3(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold position counter3’s value.

The Upper Position Counter Hold Register 3(UPOSH3) shares the same address with UCOMP3. When read,this register means the value of UPOSH3, which is the upper 16 bits of POSH3. The Lower Position Counter Hold Register 3(LPOSH3) shares the same address with LCOMP3. When read, this register means the value of LPOSH3, which is the lower 16 bits of POSH3. Position counter is captured into POSH3 on the rising edge of ICAP[3].

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position counter3’s value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetPositionDifference(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the position difference counter’s value.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetHoldPositionDifference(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold position difference counter’s value.

The position difference (POSD) value is loaded to hold position difference (POSDH) when:

Position register (POS or UPOS, LPOS), or position difference register (POSD), or revolution register (REV) is read. When Period Measurement is enabled (CTRL3[PMEN] = 1), POSDH will only be udpated when reading POSD.
TRIGGER happens and TRIGGER is enabled to update the hold registers.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position difference counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetRevolution(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the revolution counter’s value.

Get the revolution counter (REV) value.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The revolution counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetHoldRevolution(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold revolution counter’s value.

The revolution counter (REV) value is loaded to hold revolution (REVH) when:

Position register (POS or UPOS, LPOS), or position difference register (POSD), or revolution register (REV) is read.
TRIGGER happens and TRIGGER is enabled to update the hold registers.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold position revolution counter’s value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetLastEdgeTime(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the last edge time.

Last edge time (LASTEDGE) is the time since the last edge occurred on PHASEA or PHASEB. The last edge time register counts up using the peripheral clock after prescaler. Any edge on PHASEA or PHASEB will reset this register to 0 and start counting. If the last edge timer count reaches 0xffff, the counting will stop in order to prevent an overflow.Counting will continue when an edge occurs on PHASEA or PHASEB.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The last edge time.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetHoldLastEdgeTime(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the hold last edge time.

The hold of last edge time(LASTEDGEH) is update to last edge time(LASTEDGE) when the position difference register register (POSD) is read.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Hold of last edge time.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetPositionDifferencePeriod(EQDC_Type *base)

Get the Position Difference Period counter value.

The Position Difference Period counter (POSDPER) counts up using the prescaled peripheral clock. When reading the position difference register(POSD), the last edge time (LASTEDGE) will be loaded to position difference period counter(POSDPER). If the POSDPER count reaches 0xffff, the counting will stop in order to prevent an overflow. Counting will continue when an edge occurs on PHASEA or PHASEB.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The position difference period counter value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetBufferedPositionDifferencePeriod(EQDC_Type *base)

Get buffered Position Difference Period counter value.

The Bufferd Position Difference Period (POSDPERBFR) value is updated with the position difference period counter(POSDPER) when any edge occurs on PHASEA or PHASEB.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The buffered position difference period counter value.

static inline uint16_t EQDC_GetHoldPositionDifferencePeriod(EQDC_Type *base)

Get Hold Position Difference Period counter value.

The hold position difference period(POSDPERH) is updated with the value of buffered position difference period(POSDPERBFR) when the position difference(POSD) register is read.

Parameters:

base – EQDC peripheral base address.

Returns:

The hold position difference period counter value.

enum _eqdc_status_flags

EQDC status flags, these flags indicate the counter’s events. .

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_HomeEnableTransitionFlag: HOME/ENABLE signal transition occured.

enumerator kEQDC_IndexPresetPulseFlag: INDEX/PRESET pulse occured.

enumerator kEQDC_WatchdogTimeoutFlag: Watchdog timeout occured.

enumerator kEQDC_SimultPhaseChangeFlag: Simultaneous change of PHASEA and PHASEB occured.

enumerator kEQDC_CountDirectionChangeFlag: Count direction change interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionRollOverFlag: Position counter rolls over from 0xFFFFFFFF to 0, or from MOD value to INIT value.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionRollUnderFlag: Position register roll under from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, or from INIT value to MOD value.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare0Flag: Position counter match the COMP0 value.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare1Flag: Position counter match the COMP1 value.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare2Flag: Position counter match the COMP2 value.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare3Flag: Position counter match the COMP3 value.

enumerator kEQDC_StatusAllFlags

enum _eqdc_signal_status

Signal status, these flags indicate the raw and filtered input signal status. .

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusRawHomeEnable: Raw HOME/ENABLE input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusRawIndexPreset: Raw INDEX/PRESET input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusRawPhaseB: Raw PHASEB input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusRawPhaseA: Raw PHASEA input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusFilteredHomeEnable: The filtered HOME/ENABLE input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusFilteredIndexPreset: The filtered INDEX/PRESET input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusFilteredPhaseB: The filtered PHASEB input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusFilteredPhaseA: The filtered PHASEA input.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusPositionCompare0Flag: Position Compare 0 Flag Output.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusPositionCompare1Flag: Position Compare 1 Flag Output.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusPositionCompare2Flag: Position Compare 2 Flag Output.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusPositionCompare3Flag: Position Compare 3 Flag Output.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusCountDirectionFlagHold: Count Direction Flag Hold.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusCountDirectionFlag: Count Direction Flag Output.

enumerator kEQDC_SignalStatusAllFlags

enum _eqdc_interrupt_enable

Interrupt enable/disable mask. .

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_HomeEnableTransitionInterruptEnable: HOME/ENABLE signal transition interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_IndexPresetPulseInterruptEnable: INDEX/PRESET pulse interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_WatchdogTimeoutInterruptEnable: Watchdog timeout interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_SimultPhaseChangeInterruptEnable: Simultaneous PHASEA and PHASEB change interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_CountDirectionChangeInterruptEnable: Count direction change interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionRollOverInterruptEnable: Roll-over interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionRollUnderInterruptEnable: Roll-under interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare0InterruptEnable: Position compare 0 interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare1InterruptEnable: Position compare 1 interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare2InterruptEnable: Position compare 2 interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_PositionCompare3InterruptEnable: Position compare 3 interrupt enable.

enumerator kEQDC_AllInterruptEnable

enum _eqdc_home_enable_init_pos_counter_mode

Define HOME/ENABLE signal’s trigger mode.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_HomeInitPosCounterDisabled: Don’t use HOME/ENABLE signal to initialize the position counter.

enumerator kEQDC_HomeInitPosCounterOnRisingEdge: Use positive going edge to trigger initialization of position counters.

enumerator kEQDC_HomeInitPosCounterOnFallingEdge: Use negative going edge to trigger initialization of position counters.

enum _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode

Define INDEX/PRESET signal’s trigger mode.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterDisabled: INDEX/PRESET pulse does not initialize the position counter.

enumerator kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnRisingEdge: Use INDEX/PRESET pulse rising edge to initialize position counter.

enumerator kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnFallingEdge: Use INDEX/PRESET pulse falling edge to initialize position counter.

enum _eqdc_operate_mode

Define type for decoder opertion mode.

The Quadrature Decoder operates in following 4 operation modes: 1.Quadrature Decode(QDC) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 0,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 0) In QDC operation mode, Module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, INDEX, HOME, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to decode the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 2.Quadrature Count(QCT) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 0,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 1) In QCT operation mode, Module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, PRESET, ENABLE, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to count the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 3.Single Phase Decode(PH1DC) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 1,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 0) In PH1DC operation mode, the module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, INDEX, HOME, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to decode the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 4.Single Phase Count(PH1CT) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 1,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 1) In PH1CT operation mode, the module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, PRESET, ENABLE, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to count the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_QuadratureDecodeOperationMode: Use standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA/PHASEB, INDEX/HOME.

enumerator kEQDC_QuadratureCountOperationMode: Use quadrature count operation mode with PHASEA/PHASEB, PRESET/ENABLE.

enumerator kEQDC_SinglePhaseDecodeOperationMode: Use single phase quadrature decoder with PHASEA/PHASEB, INDEX/HOME.

enumerator kEQDC_SinglePhaseCountOperationMode: Use single phase count decoder with PHASEA/PHASEB, PRESET/ENABLE.

enum _eqdc_count_mode

Define type for decoder count mode.

In decode mode, it uses the standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA and PHASEB, PHASEA = 0 and PHASEB = 0 mean reverse direction.

If PHASEA leads PHASEB, then motion is in the positive direction.
If PHASEA trails PHASEB,then motion is in the negative direction. In single phase mode, there are three count modes:
In Signed Count mode (Single Edge). Both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count on the input PHASEA rising edge while the input PHASEB provides the selected position counter direction (up/down). If CTRL[REV] is 1, then the position counter will count in the opposite direction.
In Signed Count mode (double edge), both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count the input PHASEA on both rising edge and falling edge while the input PHASEB provides the selected position counter direction (up/down).
In UP/DOWN Pulse Count mode. Both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count in the up direction when input PHASEA rising edge occurs. Both counters count in the down direction when input PHASEB rising edge occurs. If CTRL[REV] is 1, then the position counter will count in the opposite direction.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_QuadratureX4: Active on kEQDC_QuadratureDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_QuadratureCountOperationMode.

enumerator kEQDC_QuadratureX2: Active on kEQDC_QuadratureDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_QuadratureCountOperationMode.

enumerator kEQDC_QuadratureX1: Active on kEQDC_QuadratureDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_QuadratureCountOperationMode.

enumerator kEQDC_UpDownPulseCount: Active on kEQDC_SinglePhaseDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_SinglePhaseCountOperationMode.

enumerator kEQDC_SignedCountDoubleEdge: Active on kEQDC_SinglePhaseDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_SinglePhaseCountOperationMode.

enumerator kEQDC_SignedCountSingleEdge: Active on kEQDC_SinglePhaseDecodeOperationMode/kEQDC_SinglePhaseCountOperationMode.

enum _eqdc_output_pulse_mode

Define type for the condition of POSMATCH pulses.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_OutputPulseOnCounterEqualCompare: POSMATCH pulses when a match occurs between the position counters (POS) and the compare value (UCOMPx/LCOMPx)(x range is 0-3).

enumerator kEQDC_OutputPulseOnReadingPositionCounter: POSMATCH pulses when reading position counter(POS and LPOS), revolution counter(REV), position difference counter(POSD).

enum _eqdc_revolution_count_condition

Define type for determining how the revolution counter (REV) is incremented/decremented.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_RevolutionCountOnIndexPulse: Use INDEX pulse to increment/decrement revolution counter.

enumerator kEQDC_RevolutionCountOnRollOverModulus: Use modulus counting roll-over/under to increment/decrement revolution counter.

enum _eqdc_filter_sample_count

Input Filter Sample Count.

The Input Filter Sample Count represents the number of consecutive samples that must agree, before the input filter accepts an input transition

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_Filter3Samples: 3 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter4Samples: 4 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter5Samples: 5 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter6Samples: 6 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter7Samples: 7 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter8Samples: 8 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter9Samples: 9 samples.

enumerator kEQDC_Filter10Samples: 10 samples.

enum _eqdc_count_direction_flag

Count direction.

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_CountDirectionDown: Last count was in down direction.

enumerator kEQDC_CountDirectionUp: Last count was in up direction.

enum _eqdc_prescaler

Prescaler used by Last Edge Time (LASTEDGE) and Position Difference Period Counter (POSDPER).

Values:

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler1: Prescaler value 1.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler2: Prescaler value 2.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler4: Prescaler value 4.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler8: Prescaler value 8.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler16: Prescaler value 16.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler32: Prescaler value 32.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler64: Prescaler value 64.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler128: Prescaler value 128.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler256: Prescaler value 256.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler512: Prescaler value 512.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler1024: Prescaler value 1024.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler2048: Prescaler value 2048.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler4096: Prescaler value 4096.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler8192: Prescaler value 8192.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler16384: Prescaler value 16384.

enumerator kEQDC_Prescaler32768: Prescaler value 32768.

typedef enum _eqdc_home_enable_init_pos_counter_mode eqdc_home_enable_init_pos_counter_mode_t: Define HOME/ENABLE signal’s trigger mode.

typedef enum _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode_t: Define INDEX/PRESET signal’s trigger mode.

typedef enum _eqdc_operate_mode eqdc_operate_mode_t

Define type for decoder opertion mode.

The Quadrature Decoder operates in following 4 operation modes: 1.Quadrature Decode(QDC) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 0,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 0) In QDC operation mode, Module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, INDEX, HOME, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to decode the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 2.Quadrature Count(QCT) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 0,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 1) In QCT operation mode, Module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, PRESET, ENABLE, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to count the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 3.Single Phase Decode(PH1DC) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 1,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 0) In PH1DC operation mode, the module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, INDEX, HOME, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to decode the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor. 4.Single Phase Count(PH1CT) Operation Mode (CTRL[PH1] = 1,CTRL2[OPMODE] = 1) In PH1CT operation mode, the module uses PHASEA, PHASEB, PRESET, ENABLE, TRIGGER and ICAP[3:1] to count the PHASEA and PHASEB signals from Speed/Position sensor.

typedef enum _eqdc_count_mode eqdc_count_mode_t

Define type for decoder count mode.

In decode mode, it uses the standard quadrature decoder with PHASEA and PHASEB, PHASEA = 0 and PHASEB = 0 mean reverse direction.

If PHASEA leads PHASEB, then motion is in the positive direction.
If PHASEA trails PHASEB,then motion is in the negative direction. In single phase mode, there are three count modes:
In Signed Count mode (Single Edge). Both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count on the input PHASEA rising edge while the input PHASEB provides the selected position counter direction (up/down). If CTRL[REV] is 1, then the position counter will count in the opposite direction.
In Signed Count mode (double edge), both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count the input PHASEA on both rising edge and falling edge while the input PHASEB provides the selected position counter direction (up/down).
In UP/DOWN Pulse Count mode. Both position counter (POS) and position difference counter (POSD) count in the up direction when input PHASEA rising edge occurs. Both counters count in the down direction when input PHASEB rising edge occurs. If CTRL[REV] is 1, then the position counter will count in the opposite direction.

typedef enum _eqdc_output_pulse_mode eqdc_output_pulse_mode_t: Define type for the condition of POSMATCH pulses.

typedef enum _eqdc_revolution_count_condition eqdc_revolution_count_condition_t: Define type for determining how the revolution counter (REV) is incremented/decremented.

typedef enum _eqdc_filter_sample_count eqdc_filter_sample_count_t

Input Filter Sample Count.

The Input Filter Sample Count represents the number of consecutive samples that must agree, before the input filter accepts an input transition

typedef enum _eqdc_count_direction_flag eqdc_count_direction_flag_t: Count direction.

typedef enum _eqdc_prescaler eqdc_prescaler_t: Prescaler used by Last Edge Time (LASTEDGE) and Position Difference Period Counter (POSDPER).

typedef struct _eqdc_config eqdc_config_t: Define user configuration structure for EQDC module.

FSL_EQDC_DRIVER_VERSION

EQDC_CTRL_W1C_FLAGS: W1C bits in EQDC CTRL registers.

EQDC_INTCTRL_W1C_FLAGS: W1C bits in EQDC INTCTRL registers.

EQDC_CTRL_INT_EN: Interrupt enable bits in EQDC CTRL registers.

EQDC_INTCTRL_INT_EN: Interrupt enable bits in EQDC INTCTRL registers.

EQDC_CTRL_INT_FLAGS: Interrupt flag bits in EQDC CTRL registers.

EQDC_INTCTRL_INT_FLAGS: Interrupt flag bits in EQDC INTCTRL registers.

kEQDC_PositionCompare0InerruptEnable

kEQDC_PositionCompare1InerruptEnable

kEQDC_PositionCompare2InerruptEnable

kEQDC_PositionCompare3InerruptEnable

struct _eqdc_config

#include <fsl_eqdc.h>

Define user configuration structure for EQDC module.

Public Members

bool enableReverseDirection: Enable reverse direction counting.

bool countOnce: Selects modulo loop or one shot counting mode.

bool enableDma: Enable DMA for new written buffer values of COMPx/INIT/MOD(x range is 0-3)

bool bufferedRegisterLoadMode: selects the loading time point of the buffered compare registers UCOMPx/LCOMPx, x=0~3, initial register (UINIT/LINIT), and modulus register (UMOD/LMOD).

bool enableTriggerInitPositionCounter: Initialize position counter with initial register(UINIT, LINIT) value on TRIGGER’s rising edge.

bool enableIndexInitPositionCounter

Enables the feature that the position counter to be initialized by Index Event Edge Mark.

This option works together with _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode and enableReverseDirection; If enabled, the behavior is like this:

When PHA leads PHB (Clockwise): If _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode is kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnRisingEdge, then INDEX rising edge reset position counter. If _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode is kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnFallingEdge, then INDEX falling edge reset position counter. If enableReverseDirection is false, then Reset position counter to initial value. If enableReverseDirection is true, then reset position counter to modulus value.

When PHA lags PHB (Counter Clockwise): If _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode is kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnRisingEdge, then INDEX falling edge reset position counter. If _eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode is kEQDC_IndexInitPosCounterOnFallingEdge, then INDEX rising edge reset position counter. If enableReverseDirection is false, then Reset position counter to modulus value. If enableReverseDirection is true, then reset position counter to initial value.

bool enableTriggerClearPositionRegisters: Clear position counter(POS), revolution counter(REV), position difference counter (POSD) on TRIGGER’s rising edge.

bool enableTriggerHoldPositionRegisters: Load position counter(POS), revolution counter(REV), position difference counter (POSD) values to hold registers on TRIGGER’s rising edge.

bool filterPhaseA: Filter operation on PHASEA input, when write 1, it means filter for PHASEA input is bypassed.

bool filterPhaseB: Filter operation on PHASEB input, when write 1, it means filter for PHASEB input is bypassed.

bool filterIndPre: Filter operation on INDEX/PRESET input, when write 1, it means filter for INDEX/PRESET input is bypassed.

bool filterHomEna: Filter operation on HOME/ENABLE input, when write 1, it means filter for HOME/ENABLE input is bypassed.

bool enableWatchdog: Enable the watchdog to detect if the target is moving or not.

uint16_t watchdogTimeoutValue: Watchdog timeout count value. It stores the timeout count for the quadrature decoder module watchdog timer.

eqdc_prescaler_t prescaler: Prescaler.

bool filterClockSourceselection: Filter Clock Source selection.

eqdc_filter_sample_count_t filterSampleCount: Input Filter Sample Count. This value should be chosen to reduce the probability of noisy samples causing an incorrect transition to be recognized. The value represent the number of consecutive samples that must agree prior to the input filter accepting an input transition.

uint8_t filterSamplePeriod: Input Filter Sample Period. This value should be set such that the sampling period is larger than the period of the expected noise. This value represents the sampling period (in IPBus clock cycles) of the decoder input signals. The available range is 0 - 255.

eqdc_operate_mode_t operateMode: Selects operation mode.

eqdc_count_mode_t countMode: Selects count mode.

eqdc_home_enable_init_pos_counter_mode_t homeEnableInitPosCounterMode: Select how HOME/Enable signal used to initialize position counters.

eqdc_index_preset_init_pos_counter_mode_t indexPresetInitPosCounterMode: Select how INDEX/Preset signal used to initialize position counters.

eqdc_output_pulse_mode_t outputPulseMode: The condition of POSMATCH pulses.

uint32_t positionCompareValue[4]: Position compare 0 ~ 3 value. The available value is a 32-bit number.

eqdc_revolution_count_condition_t revolutionCountCondition: Revolution Counter Modulus Enable.

uint32_t positionModulusValue: Position modulus value. The available value is a 32-bit number.

uint32_t positionInitialValue: Position initial value. The available value is a 32-bit number.

uint32_t positionCounterValue: Position counter value. When Modulo mode enabled, the positionCounterValue should be in the range of positionInitialValue and positionModulusValue.

bool enablePeriodMeasurement: Enable period measurement. When enabled, the position difference hold register (POSDH) is only updated when position difference register (POSD) is read.

uint16_t enabledInterruptsMask: Mask of interrupts to be enabled, should be OR’ed value of _eqdc_interrupt_enable.

ERM: error recording module

void ERM_Init(ERM_Type *base)

ERM module initialization function.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.

void ERM_Deinit(ERM_Type *base): De-initializes the ERM.

static inline void ERM_EnableInterrupts(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel, uint32_t mask)

ERM enable interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ERM peripheral base address.
channel – memory channel.
mask – single correction interrupt or non-correction interrupt enable to disable for one specific memory region. Refer to “_erm_interrupt_enable” enumeration.

static inline void ERM_DisableInterrupts(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel, uint32_t mask)

ERM module disable interrupts.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
channel – memory channel.
mask – single correction interrupt or non-correction interrupt enable to disable for one specific memory region. Refer to “_erm_interrupt_enable” enumeration.

static inline uint32_t ERM_GetInterruptStatus(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel)

Gets ERM interrupt flags.

Parameters:

base – ERM peripheral base address.

Returns:

ERM event flags.

static inline void ERM_ClearInterruptStatus(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel, uint32_t mask)

ERM module clear interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
mask – event flag to clear. Refer to “_erm_interrupt_flag” enumeration.

uint32_t ERM_GetMemoryErrorAddr(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel)

ERM get memory error absolute address, which capturing the address of the last ECC event in Memory n.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
channel – memory channel.

Return values:

memory – error absolute address.

uint32_t ERM_GetSyndrome(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel)

ERM get syndrome, which identifies the pertinent bit position on a correctable, single-bit data inversion or a non-correctable, single-bit address inversion. The syndrome value does not provide any additional diagnostic information on non-correctable, multi-bit inversions.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
channel – memory channel.

Return values:

syndrome – value.

uint32_t ERM_GetErrorCount(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel)

ERM get error count, which records the count value of the number of correctable ECC error events for Memory n. Non-correctable errors are considered a serious fault, so the ERM does not provide any mechanism to count non-correctable errors. Only correctable errors are counted.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
channel – memory channel.

Return values:

error – count.

void ERM_ResetErrorCount(ERM_Type *base, erm_memory_channel_t channel)

ERM reset error count.

Parameters:

base – ERM base address.
channel – memory channel.

FSL_ERM_DRIVER_VERSION: Driver version.

ERM interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled, _erm_interrupt_enable.

This structure contains the settings for all of the ERM interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kERM_SingleCorrectionIntEnable: Single Correction Interrupt Notification enable.

enumerator kERM_NonCorrectableIntEnable: Non-Correction Interrupt Notification enable.

enumerator kERM_AllInterruptsEnable: All Interrupts enable

ERM interrupt status, _erm_interrupt_flag.

This provides constants for the ERM event status for use in the ERM functions.

Values:

enumerator kERM_SingleBitCorrectionIntFlag: Single-Bit Correction Event.

enumerator kERM_NonCorrectableErrorIntFlag: Non-Correctable Error Event.

enumerator kERM_AllIntsFlag: All Events.

FGPIO Driver

FlexCAN: Flex Controller Area Network Driver

FlexCAN Driver

bool FLEXCAN_IsInstanceHasFDMode(CAN_Type *base)

Determine whether the FlexCAN instance support CAN FD mode at run time.

Note

Use this API only if different soc parts share the SOC part name macro define. Otherwise, a different SOC part name can be used to determine at compile time whether the FlexCAN instance supports CAN FD mode or not. If need use this API to determine if CAN FD mode is supported, the FLEXCAN_Init function needs to be executed first, and then call this API and use the return to value determines whether to supports CAN FD mode, if return true, continue calling FLEXCAN_FDInit to enable CAN FD mode.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

return TRUE if instance support CAN FD mode, FALSE if instance only support classic CAN (2.0) mode.

void FLEXCAN_EnterFreezeMode(CAN_Type *base)

Enter FlexCAN Freeze Mode.

This function makes the FlexCAN work under Freeze Mode.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

void FLEXCAN_ExitFreezeMode(CAN_Type *base)

Exit FlexCAN Freeze Mode.

This function makes the FlexCAN leave Freeze Mode.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetInstance(CAN_Type *base)

Get the FlexCAN instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

FlexCAN instance.

bool FLEXCAN_CalculateImprovedTimingValues(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t bitRate, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, flexcan_timing_config_t *pTimingConfig)

Calculates the improved timing values by specific bit Rates for classical CAN.

This function use to calculates the Classical CAN timing values according to the given bit rate. The Calculated timing values will be set in CTRL1/CBT/ENCBT register. The calculation is based on the recommendation of the CiA 301 v4.2.0 and previous version document.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
bitRate – The classical CAN speed in bps defined by user, should be less than or equal to 1Mbps.
sourceClock_Hz – The Source clock frequency in Hz.
pTimingConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN timing configuration structure.

Returns:

TRUE if timing configuration found, FALSE if failed to find configuration.

void FLEXCAN_Init(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_config_t *pConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes a FlexCAN instance.

This function initializes the FlexCAN module with user-defined settings. This example shows how to set up the flexcan_config_t parameters and how to call the FLEXCAN_Init function by passing in these parameters.

flexcan_config_t flexcanConfig;
flexcanConfig.clkSrc               = kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0;
flexcanConfig.bitRate              = 1000000U;
flexcanConfig.maxMbNum             = 16;
flexcanConfig.enableLoopBack       = false;
flexcanConfig.enableSelfWakeup     = false;
flexcanConfig.enableIndividMask    = false;
flexcanConfig.enableDoze           = false;
flexcanConfig.disableSelfReception = false;
flexcanConfig.enableListenOnlyMode = false;
flexcanConfig.timingConfig         = timingConfig;
FLEXCAN_Init(CAN0, &flexcanConfig, 40000000UL);

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the user-defined configuration structure.
sourceClock_Hz – FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock source frequency in Hz.

bool FLEXCAN_FDCalculateImprovedTimingValues(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t bitRate, uint32_t bitRateFD, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, flexcan_timing_config_t *pTimingConfig)

Calculates the improved timing values by specific bit rates for CANFD.

This function use to calculates the CANFD timing values according to the given nominal phase bit rate and data phase bit rate. The Calculated timing values will be set in CBT/ENCBT and FDCBT/EDCBT registers. The calculation is based on the recommendation of the CiA 1301 v1.0.0 document.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
bitRate – The CANFD bus control speed in bps defined by user.
bitRateFD – The CAN FD data phase speed in bps defined by user. Equal to bitRate means disable bit rate switching.
sourceClock_Hz – The Source clock frequency in Hz.
pTimingConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN timing configuration structure.

Returns:

TRUE if timing configuration found, FALSE if failed to find configuration

void FLEXCAN_FDInit(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_config_t *pConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, flexcan_mb_size_t dataSize, bool brs)

Initializes a FlexCAN instance.

This function initializes the FlexCAN module with user-defined settings. This example shows how to set up the flexcan_config_t parameters and how to call the FLEXCAN_FDInit function by passing in these parameters.

flexcan_config_t flexcanConfig;
flexcanConfig.clkSrc               = kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0;
flexcanConfig.bitRate              = 1000000U;
flexcanConfig.bitRateFD            = 2000000U;
flexcanConfig.maxMbNum             = 16;
flexcanConfig.enableLoopBack       = false;
flexcanConfig.enableSelfWakeup     = false;
flexcanConfig.enableIndividMask    = false;
flexcanConfig.disableSelfReception = false;
flexcanConfig.enableListenOnlyMode = false;
flexcanConfig.enableDoze           = false;
flexcanConfig.timingConfig         = timingConfig;
FLEXCAN_FDInit(CAN0, &flexcanConfig, 80000000UL, kFLEXCAN_16BperMB, true);

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the user-defined configuration structure.
sourceClock_Hz – FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock source frequency in Hz.
dataSize – FlexCAN Message Buffer payload size. The actual transmitted or received CAN FD frame data size needs to be less than or equal to this value.
brs – True if bit rate switch is enabled in FD mode.

void FLEXCAN_Deinit(CAN_Type *base)

De-initializes a FlexCAN instance.

This function disables the FlexCAN module clock and sets all register values to the reset value.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

void FLEXCAN_GetDefaultConfig(flexcan_config_t *pConfig)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the FlexCAN configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows. flexcanConfig->clkSrc = kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0; flexcanConfig->bitRate = 1000000U; flexcanConfig->bitRateFD = 2000000U; flexcanConfig->maxMbNum = 16; flexcanConfig->enableLoopBack = false; flexcanConfig->enableSelfWakeup = false; flexcanConfig->enableIndividMask = false; flexcanConfig->disableSelfReception = false; flexcanConfig->enableListenOnlyMode = false; flexcanConfig->enableDoze = false; flexcanConfig->enablePretendedeNetworking = false; flexcanConfig->enableMemoryErrorControl = true; flexcanConfig->enableNonCorrectableErrorEnterFreeze = true; flexcanConfig->enableTransceiverDelayMeasure = true; flexcanConfig->enableRemoteRequestFrameStored = true; flexcanConfig->payloadEndianness = kFLEXCAN_bigEndian; flexcanConfig.timingConfig = timingConfig;

Parameters:

pConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN configuration structure.

void FLEXCAN_SetTimingConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_timing_config_t *pConfig)

Sets the FlexCAN classical CAN protocol timing characteristic.

This function gives user settings to classical CAN or CAN FD nominal phase timing characteristic. The function is for an experienced user. For less experienced users, call the FLEXCAN_SetBitRate() instead.

Note

Calling FLEXCAN_SetTimingConfig() overrides the bit rate set in FLEXCAN_Init() or FLEXCAN_SetBitRate().

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the timing configuration structure.

status_t FLEXCAN_SetBitRate(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t bitRate_Bps)

Set bit rate of FlexCAN classical CAN frame or CAN FD frame nominal phase.

This function set the bit rate of classical CAN frame or CAN FD frame nominal phase base on FLEXCAN_CalculateImprovedTimingValues() API calculated timing values.

Note

Calling FLEXCAN_SetBitRate() overrides the bit rate set in FLEXCAN_Init().

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
sourceClock_Hz – Source Clock in Hz.
bitRate_Bps – Bit rate in Bps.

Returns:

kStatus_Success - Set CAN baud rate (only Nominal phase) successfully.

void FLEXCAN_SetFDTimingConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_timing_config_t *pConfig)

Sets the FlexCAN CANFD data phase timing characteristic.

This function gives user settings to CANFD data phase timing characteristic. The function is for an experienced user. For less experienced users, call the FLEXCAN_SetFDBitRate() to set both Nominal/Data bit Rate instead.

Note

Calling FLEXCAN_SetFDTimingConfig() overrides the data phase bit rate set in FLEXCAN_FDInit()/FLEXCAN_SetFDBitRate().

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the timing configuration structure.

status_t FLEXCAN_SetFDBitRate(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t bitRateN_Bps, uint32_t bitRateD_Bps)

Set bit rate of FlexCAN FD frame.

This function set the baud rate of FLEXCAN FD base on FLEXCAN_FDCalculateImprovedTimingValues() API calculated timing values.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
sourceClock_Hz – Source Clock in Hz.
bitRateN_Bps – Nominal bit Rate in Bps.
bitRateD_Bps – Data bit Rate in Bps.

Returns:

kStatus_Success - Set CAN FD bit rate (include Nominal and Data phase) successfully.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxMbGlobalMask(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive message buffer global mask.

This function sets the global mask for the FlexCAN message buffer in a matching process. The configuration is only effective when the Rx individual mask is disabled in the FLEXCAN_Init().

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – Rx Message Buffer Global Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxFifoGlobalMask(CAN_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive FIFO global mask.

This function sets the global mask for FlexCAN FIFO in a matching process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – Rx Fifo Global Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxIndividualMask(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t maskIdx, uint32_t mask)

Sets the FlexCAN receive individual mask.

This function sets the individual mask for the FlexCAN matching process. The configuration is only effective when the Rx individual mask is enabled in the FLEXCAN_Init(). If the Rx FIFO is disabled, the individual mask is applied to the corresponding Message Buffer. If the Rx FIFO is enabled, the individual mask for Rx FIFO occupied Message Buffer is applied to the Rx Filter with the same index. Note that only the first 32 individual masks can be used as the Rx FIFO filter mask.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
maskIdx – The Index of individual Mask.
mask – Rx Individual Mask value.

void FLEXCAN_SetTxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN transmit message buffer.

This function aborts the previous transmission, cleans the Message Buffer, and configures it as a Transmit Message Buffer.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.
enable – Enable/disable Tx Message Buffer.
- true: Enable Tx Message Buffer.
- false: Disable Tx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_rx_mb_config_t *pRxMbConfig, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer.

This function cleans a FlexCAN build-in Message Buffer and configures it as a Receive Message Buffer. User should invoke this API when CTRL2[RRS]=1. When CTRL2[RRS]=1, frame’s ID is compared to the IDs of the receive mailboxes with the CODE field configured as kFLEXCAN_RxMbEmpty, kFLEXCAN_RxMbFull or kFLEXCAN_RxMbOverrun. Message buffer will store the remote frame in the same fashion of a data frame. No automatic remote response frame will be generated. User need to setup another message buffer to respond remote request.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.
pRxMbConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Message Buffer configuration structure.
enable – Enable/disable Rx Message Buffer.
- true: Enable Rx Message Buffer.
- false: Disable Rx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetFDTxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN transmit message buffer.

This function aborts the previous transmission, cleans the Message Buffer, and configures it as a Transmit Message Buffer.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.
enable – Enable/disable Tx Message Buffer.
- true: Enable Tx Message Buffer.
- false: Disable Tx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetFDRxMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_rx_mb_config_t *pRxMbConfig, bool enable)

Configures a FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer.

This function cleans a FlexCAN build-in Message Buffer and configures it as a Receive Message Buffer.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.
pRxMbConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Message Buffer configuration structure.
enable – Enable/disable Rx Message Buffer.
- true: Enable Rx Message Buffer.
- false: Disable Rx Message Buffer.

void FLEXCAN_SetRemoteResponseMbConfig(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_frame_t *pFrame)

Configures a FlexCAN Remote Response Message Buffer.

User should invoke this API when CTRL2[RRS]=0. When CTRL2[RRS]=0, frame’s ID is compared to the IDs of the receive mailboxes with the CODE field configured as kFLEXCAN_RxMbRanswer. If there is a matching ID, then this mailbox content will be transmitted as response. The received remote request frame is not stored in receive buffer. It is only used to trigger a transmission of a frame in response.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The Message Buffer index.
pFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for response.

void FLEXCAN_SetRxFifoConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_rx_fifo_config_t *pRxFifoConfig, bool enable)

Configures the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO.

This function configures the FlexCAN Rx FIFO with given configuration.

Note

Legacy Rx FIFO only can receive classic CAN message.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pRxFifoConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure. Can be NULL when enable parameter is false.
enable – Enable/disable Legacy Rx FIFO.
- true: Enable Legacy Rx FIFO.
- false: Disable Legacy Rx FIFO.

void FLEXCAN_SetEnhancedRxFifoConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_config_t *pConfig, bool enable)

Configures the FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO.

This function configures the Enhanced Rx FIFO with given configuration.

Note

Enhanced Rx FIFO support receive classic CAN or CAN FD messages, Legacy Rx FIFO and Enhanced Rx FIFO cannot be enabled at the same time.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO configuration structure. Can be NULL when enable parameter is false.
enable – Enable/disable Enhanced Rx FIFO.
- true: Enable Enhanced Rx FIFO.
- false: Disable Enhanced Rx FIFO.

void FLEXCAN_SetPNConfig(CAN_Type *base, const flexcan_pn_config_t *pConfig)

Configures the FlexCAN Pretended Networking mode.

This function configures the FlexCAN Pretended Networking mode with given configuration.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pConfig – Pointer to the FlexCAN Rx FIFO configuration structure.

static inline uint64_t FLEXCAN_GetStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base)

Gets the FlexCAN module interrupt flags.

This function gets all FlexCAN status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _flexcan_flags. To check the specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in _flexcan_flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

FlexCAN status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexcan_flags.

static inline void FLEXCAN_ClearStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Clears status flags with the provided mask.

This function clears the FlexCAN status flags with a provided mask. An automatically cleared flag can’t be cleared by this function.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The status flags to be cleared, it is logical OR value of _flexcan_flags.

static inline void FLEXCAN_GetBusErrCount(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t *txErrBuf, uint8_t *rxErrBuf)

Gets the FlexCAN Bus Error Counter value.

This function gets the FlexCAN Bus Error Counter value for both Tx and Rx direction. These values may be needed in the upper layer error handling.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
txErrBuf – Buffer to store Tx Error Counter value.
rxErrBuf – Buffer to store Rx Error Counter value.

static inline uint64_t FLEXCAN_GetMbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Gets the FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupt flags.

This function gets the interrupt flags of a given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

Returns:

The status of given Message Buffers.

static inline uint64_t FLEXCAN_GetHigh64MbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Gets the FlexCAN High 64 Message Buffer interrupt flags.

Valid only if the number of available MBs exceeds 64.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

Returns:

The status of given Message Buffers.

static inline void FLEXCAN_ClearMbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Clears the FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupt flags.

This function clears the interrupt flags of a given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_ClearHigh64MbStatusFlags(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Clears the FlexCAN High 64 Message Buffer interrupt flags.

Valid only if the number of available MBs exceeds 64.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

void FLEXCAN_GetMemoryErrorReportStatus(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_memory_error_report_status_t *errorStatus)

Gets the FlexCAN Memory Error Report registers status.

This function gets the FlexCAN Memory Error Report registers status.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
errorStatus – Pointer to FlexCAN Memory Error Report registers status structure.

static inline uint8_t FLEXCAN_GetPNMatchCount(CAN_Type *base)

Gets the FlexCAN Number of Matches when in Pretended Networking.

This function gets the number of times a given message has matched the predefined filtering criteria for ID and/or PL before a wakeup event.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

The number of received wake up msessages.

static inline uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetEnhancedFifoDataCount(CAN_Type *base)

Gets the number of FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO available frames.

This function gets the number of CAN messages stored in the Enhanced Rx FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

The number of available CAN messages stored in the Enhanced Rx FIFO.

static inline void FLEXCAN_EnableInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Enables FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function enables the FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void FLEXCAN_DisableInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Disables FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function disables the FlexCAN interrupts according to the provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _flexcan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void FLEXCAN_EnableMbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Enables FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupts.

This function enables the interrupts of given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_EnableHigh64MbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Enables FlexCAN high 64 Message Buffer interrupts.

Valid only if the number of available MBs exceeds 64.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_DisableMbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Disables FlexCAN Message Buffer interrupts.

This function disables the interrupts of given Message Buffers.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

static inline void FLEXCAN_DisableHigh64MbInterrupts(CAN_Type *base, uint64_t mask)

Disables FlexCAN high 64 Message Buffer interrupts.

Valid only if the number of available MBs exceeds 64.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mask – The ORed FlexCAN Message Buffer mask.

void FLEXCAN_EnableRxFifoDMA(CAN_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FlexCAN Rx FIFO DMA request.

This function enables or disables the DMA feature of FlexCAN build-in Rx FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

static inline uintptr_t FLEXCAN_GetRxFifoHeadAddr(CAN_Type *base)

Gets the Rx FIFO Head address.

This function returns the FlexCAN Rx FIFO Head address, which is mainly used for the DMA/eDMA use case.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

FlexCAN Rx FIFO Head address.

static inline void FLEXCAN_Enable(CAN_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FlexCAN module operation.

This function enables or disables the FlexCAN module.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN base pointer.
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

status_t FLEXCAN_WriteTxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Writes a FlexCAN Message to the Transmit Message Buffer.

This function writes a CAN Message to the specified Transmit Message Buffer and changes the Message Buffer state to start CAN Message transmit. After that the function returns immediately.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.
pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadRxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Receive Message Buffer.

This function reads a CAN message from a specified Receive Message Buffer. The function fills a receive CAN message frame structure with just received data and activates the Message Buffer again. The function returns immediately.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_WriteFDTxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, const flexcan_fd_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Writes a FlexCAN FD Message to the Transmit Message Buffer.

This function writes a CAN FD Message to the specified Transmit Message Buffer and changes the Message Buffer state to start CAN FD Message transmit. After that the function returns immediately.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.
pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame to be sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadFDRxMb(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_fd_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN FD Message from Receive Message Buffer.

This function reads a CAN FD message from a specified Receive Message Buffer. The function fills a receive CAN FD message frame structure with just received data and activates the Message Buffer again. The function returns immediately.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadRxFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Legacy Rx FIFO.

This function reads a CAN message from the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadEnhancedRxFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_fd_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Enhanced Rx FIFO.

This function reads a CAN or CAN FD message from the FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

status_t FLEXCAN_ReadPNWakeUpMB(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a FlexCAN Message from Wake Up MB.

This function reads a CAN message from the FlexCAN Wake up Message Buffers. There are four Wake up Message Buffers (WMBs) used to store incoming messages in Pretended Networking mode. The WMB index indicates the arrival order. The last message is stored in WMB3.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Wake up Message Buffer index. Range in 0x0 ~ 0x3.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Wake up Message Buffer successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Wake up Message Buffer has no valid content.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferFDSendBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_fd_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Performs a polling send transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.
pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame to be sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferFDReceiveBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_fd_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferFDSendNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Sends a message using IRQ.

This function sends a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When messages have been sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pMbXfer – FlexCAN FD Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start Tx Message Buffer sending process successfully.
kStatus_Fail – Write Tx Message Buffer failed.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxBusy – Tx Message Buffer is in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferFDReceiveNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Receives a message using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When the message has been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pMbXfer – FlexCAN FD Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Start Rx Message Buffer receiving process successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxBusy – - Rx Message Buffer is in use.

void FLEXCAN_TransferFDAbortSend(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.

void FLEXCAN_TransferFDAbortReceive(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN FD Message Buffer index.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferSendBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Performs a polling send transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.
pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveBlocking(CAN_Type *base, uint8_t mbIdx, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow – - Rx Message Buffer is already overflowed and has been read successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction from Legacy Rx FIFO on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveEnhancedFifoBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_fd_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction from Enhanced Rx FIFO on the CAN bus.

Note

A transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base pointer.
pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN FD message frame structure for reception.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Read Message from Rx FIFO successfully.
kStatus_Fail – - Rx FIFO is not enabled.

void FLEXCAN_TransferCreateHandle(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexCAN handle.

This function initializes the FlexCAN handle, which can be used for other FlexCAN transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexCAN instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferSendNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Sends a message using IRQ.

This function sends a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When messages have been sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pMbXfer – FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start Tx Message Buffer sending process successfully.
kStatus_Fail – Write Tx Message Buffer failed.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxBusy – Tx Message Buffer is in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_mb_transfer_t *pMbXfer)

Receives a message using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When the message has been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pMbXfer – FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the flexcan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Start Rx Message Buffer receiving process successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxBusy – - Rx Message Buffer is in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives a message from Rx FIFO using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all messages have been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer structure. See the flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Start Rx FIFO receiving process successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – - Rx FIFO is currently in use.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveFifoCount(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Legacy Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveEnhancedFifoNonBlocking(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives a message from Enhanced Rx FIFO using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all messages have been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer structure. See the ref flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.@

Return values:

kStatus_Success – - Start Rx FIFO receiving process successfully.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – - Rx FIFO is currently in use.

static inline status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveEnhancedFifoCount(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Enhanced Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

uint32_t FLEXCAN_GetTimeStamp(flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Gets the detail index of Mailbox’s Timestamp by handle.

Then function can only be used when calling non-blocking Data transfer (TX/RX) API, After TX/RX data transfer done (User can get the status by handler’s callback function), we can get the detail index of Mailbox’s timestamp by handle, Detail non-blocking data transfer API (TX/RX) contain. -FLEXCAN_TransferSendNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferFDSendNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferFDReceiveNonBlocking -FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoNonBlocking

Parameters:

handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

Return values:

the – index of mailbox ‘s timestamp stored in the handle.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortSend(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceive(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mbIdx)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
mbIdx – The FlexCAN Message Buffer index.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceiveFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Rx FIFO process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Rx FIFO process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceiveEnhancedFifo(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Enhanced Rx FIFO process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive from Enhanced Rx FIFO process.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

void FLEXCAN_TransferHandleIRQ(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle)

FlexCAN IRQ handle function.

This function handles the FlexCAN Error, the Message Buffer, and the Rx FIFO IRQ request.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.

FSL_FLEXCAN_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexCAN driver version.

FlexCAN transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxBusy: Tx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxIdle: Tx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_TxSwitchToRx: Remote Message is send out and Message buffer changed to Receive one.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxBusy: Rx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxIdle: Rx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxOverflow: Rx Message Buffer is Overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy: Rx Message FIFO is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoIdle: Rx Message FIFO is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoOverflow: Rx Message FIFO is overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoWarning: Rx Message FIFO is almost overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoDisabled: Rx Message FIFO is disabled during reading.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_ErrorStatus: FlexCAN Module Error and Status.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_WakeUp: FlexCAN is waken up from STOP mode.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_UnHandled: UnHadled Interrupt asserted.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxRemote: Rx Remote Message Received in Mail box.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoUnderflow: Enhanced Rx Message FIFO is underflow.

enum _flexcan_frame_format

FlexCAN frame format.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameFormatStandard: Standard frame format attribute.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameFormatExtend: Extend frame format attribute.

enum _flexcan_frame_type

FlexCAN frame type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameTypeData: Data frame type attribute.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FrameTypeRemote: Remote frame type attribute.

enum _flexcan_clock_source

FlexCAN clock source.

Deprecated:

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOs. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOsc: FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock from Oscillator.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri: FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock from Peripheral Clock.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0: FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock selected by user as SRC == 0.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1: FlexCAN Protocol Engine clock selected by user as SRC == 1.

enum _flexcan_wake_up_source

FlexCAN wake up source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeupSrcUnfiltered: FlexCAN uses unfiltered Rx input to detect edge.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeupSrcFiltered: FlexCAN uses filtered Rx input to detect edge.

enum _flexcan_endianness

FlexCAN payload endianness.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_bigEndian: Transmit frame with MSB first, receive frame with big-endian format.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_littleEndian: Transmit frame with LSB first, receive frame with little-endian format.

enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type

FlexCAN Rx Fifo Filter type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeA: One full ID (standard and extended) per ID Filter element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeB: Two full standard IDs or two partial 14-bit ID slices per ID Filter Table element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeC: Four partial 8-bit Standard or extended ID slices per ID Filter Table element.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFilterTypeD: All frames rejected.

enum _flexcan_mb_size

FlexCAN Message Buffer Payload size.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_8BperMB: Selects 8 bytes per Message Buffer.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_16BperMB: Selects 16 bytes per Message Buffer.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_32BperMB: Selects 32 bytes per Message Buffer.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_64BperMB: Selects 64 bytes per Message Buffer.

enum _flexcan_fd_frame_length

FlexCAN CAN FD frame supporting data length (available DLC values).

For Tx, when the Data size corresponding to DLC value stored in the MB selected for transmission is larger than the MB Payload size, FlexCAN adds the necessary number of bytes with constant 0xCC pattern to complete the expected DLC. For Rx, when the Data size corresponding to DLC value received from the CAN bus is larger than the MB Payload size, the high order bytes that do not fit the Payload size will lose.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_0BperFrame: Frame contains 0 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_1BperFrame: Frame contains 1 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_2BperFrame: Frame contains 2 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_3BperFrame: Frame contains 3 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_4BperFrame: Frame contains 4 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_5BperFrame: Frame contains 5 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_6BperFrame: Frame contains 6 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_7BperFrame: Frame contains 7 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_8BperFrame: Frame contains 8 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_12BperFrame: Frame contains 12 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_16BperFrame: Frame contains 16 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_20BperFrame: Frame contains 20 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_24BperFrame: Frame contains 24 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_32BperFrame: Frame contains 32 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_48BperFrame: Frame contains 48 valid data bytes.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_64BperFrame: Frame contains 64 valid data bytes.

enum _flexcan_efifo_dma_per_read_length

FlexCAN Enhanced Rx Fifo DMA transfer per read length enumerations.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_1WordPerRead: Transfer 1 32-bit words (CS).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_2WordPerRead: Transfer 2 32-bit words (CS + ID).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_3WordPerRead: Transfer 3 32-bit words (CS + ID + 1~4 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_4WordPerRead: Transfer 4 32-bit words (CS + ID + 5~8 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_5WordPerRead: Transfer 5 32-bit words (CS + ID + 9~12 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_6WordPerRead: Transfer 6 32-bit words (CS + ID + 13~16 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_7WordPerRead: Transfer 7 32-bit words (CS + ID + 17~20 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_8WordPerRead: Transfer 8 32-bit words (CS + ID + 21~24 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_9WordPerRead: Transfer 9 32-bit words (CS + ID + 25~28 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_10WordPerRead: Transfer 10 32-bit words (CS + ID + 29~32 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_11WordPerRead: Transfer 11 32-bit words (CS + ID + 33~36 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_12WordPerRead: Transfer 12 32-bit words (CS + ID + 37~40 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_13WordPerRead: Transfer 13 32-bit words (CS + ID + 41~44 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_14WordPerRead: Transfer 14 32-bit words (CS + ID + 45~48 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_15WordPerRead: Transfer 15 32-bit words (CS + ID + 49~52 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_16WordPerRead: Transfer 16 32-bit words (CS + ID + 53~56 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_17WordPerRead: Transfer 17 32-bit words (CS + ID + 57~60 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_18WordPerRead: Transfer 18 32-bit words (CS + ID + 61~64 bytes data).

enumerator kFLEXCAN_19WordPerRead: Transfer 19 32-bit words (CS + ID + 64 bytes data + ID HIT).

enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_priority

FlexCAN Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO priority.

The matching process starts from the Rx MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO) with higher priority. If no MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO filter) is satisfied, the matching process goes on with the Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO(or Rx MB) with lower priority.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoPrioLow: Matching process start from Rx Message Buffer first.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoPrioHigh: Matching process start from Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO first.

enum _flexcan_interrupt_enable

FlexCAN interrupt enable enumerations.

This provides constants for the FlexCAN interrupt enable enumerations for use in the FlexCAN functions.

Note

FlexCAN Message Buffers and Legacy Rx FIFO interrupts not included in.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_BusOffInterruptEnable: Bus Off interrupt, use bit 15.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorInterruptEnable: CAN Error interrupt, use bit 14.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxWarningInterruptEnable: Tx Warning interrupt, use bit 11.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxWarningInterruptEnable: Rx Warning interrupt, use bit 10.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeUpInterruptEnable: Self Wake Up interrupt, use bit 26.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDErrorInterruptEnable: CAN FD Error interrupt, use bit 31.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatchWakeUpInterruptEnable: PN Match Wake Up interrupt, use high word bit 17.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNTimeoutWakeUpInterruptEnable: PN Timeout Wake Up interrupt, use high word bit 16. Enhanced Rx FIFO Underflow interrupt, use high word bit 31.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable: Enhanced Rx FIFO Overflow interrupt, use high word bit 30.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable: Enhanced Rx FIFO Watermark interrupt, use high word bit 29.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoWatermarkInterruptEnable: Enhanced Rx FIFO Data Avilable interrupt, use high word bit 28.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoDataAvlInterruptEnable

enumerator kFLEXCAN_HostAccessNCErrorInterruptEnable: Host Access With Non-Correctable Errors interrupt, use high word bit 0.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FlexCanAccessNCErrorInterruptEnable: FlexCAN Access With Non-Correctable Errors interrupt, use high word bit 2.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_HostOrFlexCanCErrorInterruptEnable: Host or FlexCAN Access With Correctable Errors interrupt, use high word bit 3.

enum _flexcan_flags

FlexCAN status flags.

This provides constants for the FlexCAN status flags for use in the FlexCAN functions.

Note

The CPU read action clears the bits corresponding to the FlEXCAN_ErrorFlag macro, therefore user need to read status flags and distinguish which error is occur using _flexcan_error_flags enumerations.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorOverrunFlag: Error Overrun Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDErrorIntFlag: CAN FD Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_BusoffDoneIntFlag: Bus Off process completed Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_SynchFlag: CAN Synchronization Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxWarningIntFlag: Tx Warning Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxWarningIntFlag: Rx Warning Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_IdleFlag: FlexCAN In IDLE Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FaultConfinementFlag: FlexCAN Fault Confinement State.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TransmittingFlag: FlexCAN In Transmission Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ReceivingFlag: FlexCAN In Reception Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_BusOffIntFlag: Bus Off Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorIntFlag: CAN Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_WakeUpIntFlag: Self Wake-Up Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ErrorFlag

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatchIntFlag: PN Matching Event Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNTimeoutIntFlag: PN Timeout Event Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoUnderflowIntFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO underflow Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoOverflowIntFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO overflow Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoWatermarkIntFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO watermark Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoDataAvlIntFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO data available Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoEmptyFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO empty status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ERxFifoFullFlag: Enhanced Rx FIFO full status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_HostAccessNonCorrectableErrorIntFlag: Host Access With Non-Correctable Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FlexCanAccessNonCorrectableErrorIntFlag: FlexCAN Access With Non-Correctable Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_CorrectableErrorIntFlag: Correctable Error Interrupt Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_HostAccessNonCorrectableErrorOverrunFlag: Host Access With Non-Correctable Error Interrupt Overrun Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FlexCanAccessNonCorrectableErrorOverrunFlag: FlexCAN Access With Non-Correctable Error Interrupt Overrun Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_CorrectableErrorOverrunFlag: Correctable Error Interrupt Overrun Flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_AllMemoryErrorFlag: All Memory Error Flags.

enum _flexcan_error_flags

FlexCAN error status flags.

The FlexCAN Error Status enumerations is used to report current error of the FlexCAN bus. This enumerations should be used with KFLEXCAN_ErrorFlag in _flexcan_flags enumerations to ditermine which error is generated.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDStuffingError: Stuffing Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDFormError: Form Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDCrcError: Cyclic Redundancy Check Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDBit0Error: Unable to send dominant bit.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FDBit1Error: Unable to send recessive bit.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxErrorWarningFlag: Tx Error Warning Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxErrorWarningFlag: Rx Error Warning Status.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_StuffingError: Stuffing Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_FormError: Form Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_CrcError: Cyclic Redundancy Check Error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_AckError: Received no ACK on transmission.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_Bit0Error: Unable to send dominant bit.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_Bit1Error: Unable to send recessive bit.

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO status flags.

The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Status enumerations are used to determine the status of the Rx FIFO. Because Rx FIFO occupy the MB0 ~ MB7 (Rx Fifo filter also occupies more Message Buffer space), Rx FIFO status flags are mapped to the corresponding Message Buffer status flags.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoOverflowFlag: Rx FIFO overflow flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoWarningFlag: Rx FIFO almost full flag.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxFifoFrameAvlFlag: Frames available in Rx FIFO flag.

enum _flexcan_memory_error_type

FlexCAN Memory Error Type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_CorrectableError: The memory error is correctable which means on bit error.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_NonCorrectableError: The memory error is non-correctable which means two bit errors.

enum _flexcan_memory_access_type

FlexCAN Memory Access Type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_MoveOutFlexCanAccess: The memory error was detected during move-out FlexCAN access.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_MoveInAccess: The memory error was detected during move-in FlexCAN access.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_TxArbitrationAccess: The memory error was detected during Tx Arbitration FlexCAN access.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_RxMatchingAccess: The memory error was detected during Rx Matching FlexCAN access.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_MoveOutHostAccess: The memory error was detected during Rx Matching Host (CPU) access.

enum _flexcan_byte_error_syndrome

FlexCAN Memory Error Byte Syndrome.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_NoError: No bit error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ParityBits0Error: Parity bit 0 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ParityBits1Error: Parity bit 1 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ParityBits2Error: Parity bit 2 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ParityBits3Error: Parity bit 3 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_ParityBits4Error: Parity bit 4 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits0Error: Data bit 0 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits1Error: Data bit 1 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits2Error: Data bit 2 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits3Error: Data bit 3 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits4Error: Data bit 4 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits5Error: Data bit 5 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits6Error: Data bit 6 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_DataBits7Error: Data bit 7 error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_AllZeroError: All-zeros non-correctable error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_AllOneError: All-ones non-correctable error in this byte.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_NonCorrectableErrors: Non-correctable error in this byte.

enum _flexcan_pn_match_source

FlexCAN Pretended Networking match source selection.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatSrcID: Message match with ID filtering.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatSrcIDAndData: Message match with ID filtering and payload filtering.

enum _flexcan_pn_match_mode

FlexCAN Pretended Networking mode match type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatModeEqual: Match upon ID/Payload contents against an exact target value.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatModeGreater: Match upon an ID/Payload value greater than or equal to a specified target value.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatModeSmaller: Match upon an ID/Payload value smaller than or equal to a specified target value.

enumerator kFLEXCAN_PNMatModeRange: Match upon an ID/Payload value inside a range, greater than or equal to a specified lower limit, and smaller than or equal to a specified upper limit

typedef enum _flexcan_frame_format flexcan_frame_format_t: FlexCAN frame format.

typedef enum _flexcan_frame_type flexcan_frame_type_t: FlexCAN frame type.

typedef enum _flexcan_clock_source flexcan_clock_source_t

FlexCAN clock source.

Deprecated:

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcOs. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc0

Do not use the kFLEXCAN_ClkSrcPeri. It has been superceded kFLEXCAN_ClkSrc1

typedef enum _flexcan_wake_up_source flexcan_wake_up_source_t: FlexCAN wake up source.

typedef enum _flexcan_endianness flexcan_endianness_t: FlexCAN payload endianness.

typedef enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type_t: FlexCAN Rx Fifo Filter type.

typedef enum _flexcan_mb_size flexcan_mb_size_t: FlexCAN Message Buffer Payload size.

typedef enum _flexcan_efifo_dma_per_read_length flexcan_efifo_dma_per_read_length_t: FlexCAN Enhanced Rx Fifo DMA transfer per read length enumerations.

typedef enum _flexcan_rx_fifo_priority flexcan_rx_fifo_priority_t

FlexCAN Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO priority.

The matching process starts from the Rx MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO) with higher priority. If no MB(or Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO filter) is satisfied, the matching process goes on with the Enhanced/Legacy Rx FIFO(or Rx MB) with lower priority.

typedef enum _flexcan_memory_error_type flexcan_memory_error_type_t: FlexCAN Memory Error Type.

typedef enum _flexcan_memory_access_type flexcan_memory_access_type_t: FlexCAN Memory Access Type.

typedef enum _flexcan_byte_error_syndrome flexcan_byte_error_syndrome_t: FlexCAN Memory Error Byte Syndrome.

typedef struct _flexcan_memory_error_report_status flexcan_memory_error_report_status_t

FlexCAN memory error register status structure.

This structure contains the memory access properties that caused a memory error access. It is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_GetMemoryErrorReportStatus() function. And user can use FLEXCAN_GetMemoryErrorReportStatus to get the status of the last memory error access.

typedef struct _flexcan_frame flexcan_frame_t: FlexCAN message frame structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_fd_frame flexcan_fd_frame_t

CAN FD message frame structure.

The CAN FD message supporting up to sixty four bytes can be used for a data frame, depending on the length selected for the message buffers. The length should be a enumeration member, see _flexcan_fd_frame_length.

typedef struct _flexcan_timing_config flexcan_timing_config_t: FlexCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_config flexcan_config_t

FlexCAN module configuration structure.

Deprecated:

Do not use the baudRate. It has been superceded bitRate

Do not use the baudRateFD. It has been superceded bitRateFD

typedef struct _flexcan_rx_mb_config flexcan_rx_mb_config_t

FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer. The function abort previous receiving process, clean the Message Buffer and activate the Rx Message Buffer using given Message Buffer setting.

typedef enum _flexcan_pn_match_source flexcan_pn_match_source_t: FlexCAN Pretended Networking match source selection.

typedef enum _flexcan_pn_match_mode flexcan_pn_match_mode_t: FlexCAN Pretended Networking mode match type.

typedef struct _flexcan_pn_config flexcan_pn_config_t

FlexCAN Pretended Networking configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetPNConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetPNConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Networking work mode.

typedef struct _flexcan_rx_fifo_config flexcan_rx_fifo_config_t: FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_std_id_filter flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_std_id_filter_t: FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO Standard ID filter element structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_ext_id_filter flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_ext_id_filter_t: FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO Extended ID filter element structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_config flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_config_t: FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexcan_mb_transfer flexcan_mb_transfer_t: FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer.

typedef struct _flexcan_fifo_transfer flexcan_fifo_transfer_t: FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer.

typedef struct _flexcan_handle flexcan_handle_t: FlexCAN handle structure definition.

typedef void (*flexcan_transfer_callback_t)(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_handle_t *handle, status_t status, uint64_t result, void *userData)

FLEXCAN_WAIT_TIMEOUT

DLC_LENGTH_DECODE(dlc): FlexCAN frame length helper macro.

FLEXCAN_ID_STD(id)

FlexCAN Frame ID helper macro.

Standard Frame ID helper macro.

FLEXCAN_ID_EXT(id): Extend Frame ID helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_MB_STD_MASK(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_MB_EXT_MASK(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_HIGH(id): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_TYPE_C_LOW(id): Standard Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_HIGH(id): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_TYPE_C_LOW(id): Extend Rx FIFO Mask helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide)

FlexCAN Rx FIFO Filter helper macro.

Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_HIGH(id): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_TYPE_C_LOW(id): Standard Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_A(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type A helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_B_HIGH(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_B_LOW(id, rtr, ide): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type B lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_HIGH(id): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_HIGH(id): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-upper part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_MID_LOW(id): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C mid-lower part helper macro.

FLEXCAN_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_TYPE_C_LOW(id): Extend Rx FIFO Filter helper macro Type C lower part helper macro.

ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_FSCH(x): FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO Filter and Mask helper macro.

RTR_STD_HIGH(x)

RTR_STD_LOW(x)

RTR_EXT(x)

ID_STD_LOW(id)

ID_STD_HIGH(id)

ID_EXT(id)

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_STD_MASK_AND_FILTER(id, rtr, id_mask, rtr_mask): Standard ID filter element with filter + mask scheme.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_STD_FILTER_WITH_RANGE(id_upper, rtr, id_lower, rtr_mask): Standard ID filter element with filter range.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_STD_TWO_FILTERS(id1, rtr1, id2, rtr2): Standard ID filter element with two filters without masks.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_AND_FILTER_LOW(id, rtr): Extended ID filter element with filter + mask scheme low word.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_MASK_AND_FILTER_HIGH(id_mask, rtr_mask): Extended ID filter element with filter + mask scheme high word.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_WITH_RANGE_LOW(id_upper, rtr): Extended ID filter element with range scheme low word.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_FILTER_WITH_RANGE_HIGH(id_lower, rtr_mask): Extended ID filter element with range scheme high word.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_TWO_FILTERS_LOW(id2, rtr2): Extended ID filter element with two filters without masks low word.

FLEXCAN_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_EXT_TWO_FILTERS_HIGH(id1, rtr1): Extended ID filter element with two filters without masks high word.

FLEXCAN_PN_STD_MASK(id, rtr)

FlexCAN Pretended Networking ID Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_PN_EXT_MASK(id, rtr): Extend Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

FLEXCAN_PN_INT_MASK(x): FlexCAN interrupt/status flag helper macro.

FLEXCAN_PN_INT_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_PN_STATUS_MASK(x)

FLEXCAN_PN_STATUS_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_EFIFO_INT_MASK(x)

FLEXCAN_EFIFO_INT_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_EFIFO_STATUS_MASK(x)

FLEXCAN_EFIFO_STATUS_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_MECR_INT_MASK(x)

FLEXCAN_MECR_INT_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_MECR_STATUS_MASK(x)

FLEXCAN_MECR_STATUS_UNMASK(x)

FLEXCAN_ERROR_AND_STATUS_INIT_FLAG

FLEXCAN_WAKE_UP_FLAG

FLEXCAN_MEMORY_ERROR_INIT_FLAG

FLEXCAN_MEMORY_ENHANCED_RX_FIFO_INIT_FLAG

E_RX_FIFO(base): FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO base address helper macro.

FLEXCAN_CALLBACK(x)

FlexCAN transfer callback function.

The FlexCAN transfer callback returns a value from the underlying layer. If the status equals to kStatus_FLEXCAN_ErrorStatus, the result parameter is the Content of FlexCAN status register which can be used to get the working status(or error status) of FlexCAN module. If the status equals to other FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is the index of Message Buffer that generate transfer event. If the status equals to other FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is meaningless and should be Ignored.

struct _flexcan_memory_error_report_status

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN memory error register status structure.

This structure contains the memory access properties that caused a memory error access. It is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_GetMemoryErrorReportStatus() function. And user can use FLEXCAN_GetMemoryErrorReportStatus to get the status of the last memory error access.

Public Members

flexcan_memory_error_type_t errorType: The type of memory error that giving rise to the report.

flexcan_memory_access_type_t accessType: The type of memory access that giving rise to the memory error.

uint16_t accessAddress: The address where memory error detected.

uint32_t errorData: The raw data word read from memory with error.

struct _flexcan_frame: #include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN message frame structure.

struct _flexcan_fd_frame

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

CAN FD message frame structure.

The CAN FD message supporting up to sixty four bytes can be used for a data frame, depending on the length selected for the message buffers. The length should be a enumeration member, see _flexcan_fd_frame_length.

Public Members

uint32_t idhit: Note

ID HIT offset is changed dynamically according to data length code (DLC), when DLC is 15, they will be located below. Using FLEXCAN_FixEnhancedRxFifoFrameIdHit API is recommended to ensure this idhit value is correct. CAN Enhanced Rx FIFO filter hit id (This value is only used in Enhanced Rx FIFO receive mode).

struct _flexcan_timing_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

Public Members

uint16_t preDivider: Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase bit rate prescaler.

uint8_t rJumpwidth: Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Re-sync Jump Width.

uint8_t phaseSeg1: Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Segment 1.

uint8_t phaseSeg2: Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Segment 2.

uint8_t propSeg: Classic CAN or CAN FD nominal phase Propagation Segment.

uint16_t fpreDivider: CAN FD data phase bit rate prescaler.

uint8_t frJumpwidth: CAN FD data phase Re-sync Jump Width.

uint8_t fphaseSeg1: CAN FD data phase Phase Segment 1.

uint8_t fphaseSeg2: CAN FD data phase Phase Segment 2.

uint8_t fpropSeg: CAN FD data phase Propagation Segment.

struct _flexcan_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN module configuration structure.

Deprecated:

Do not use the baudRate. It has been superceded bitRate

Do not use the baudRateFD. It has been superceded bitRateFD

Public Members

flexcan_clock_source_t clkSrc: Clock source for FlexCAN Protocol Engine.

flexcan_wake_up_source_t wakeupSrc: Wake up source selection.

uint8_t maxMbNum: The maximum number of Message Buffers used by user.

bool enableLoopBack: Enable or Disable Loop Back Self Test Mode.

bool enableTimerSync: Enable or Disable Timer Synchronization.

bool enableSelfWakeup: Enable or Disable Self Wakeup Mode.

bool enableIndividMask: Enable or Disable Rx Individual Mask and Queue feature.

bool disableSelfReception: Enable or Disable Self Reflection.

bool enableListenOnlyMode: Enable or Disable Listen Only Mode.

bool enableDoze: Enable or Disable Doze Mode.

bool enablePretendedeNetworking: Enable or Disable the Pretended Networking mode.

bool enableMemoryErrorControl: Enable or Disable the memory errors detection and correction mechanism.

bool enableNonCorrectableErrorEnterFreeze: Enable or Disable Non-Correctable Errors In FlexCAN Access Put Device In Freeze Mode.

bool enableTransceiverDelayMeasure: Enable or Disable the transceiver delay measurement, when it is enabled, then the secondary sample point position is determined by the sum of the transceiver delay measurement plus the enhanced TDC offset.

bool enableRemoteRequestFrameStored: true: Store Remote Request Frame in the same fashion of data frame. false: Generate an automatic Remote Response Frame.

flexcan_endianness_t payloadEndianness: Selects the byte order for the payload of transmit and receive frames, see flexcan_endianness_t.

struct _flexcan_rx_mb_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetRxMbConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Receive Message Buffer. The function abort previous receiving process, clean the Message Buffer and activate the Rx Message Buffer using given Message Buffer setting.

Public Members

uint32_t id: CAN Message Buffer Frame Identifier, should be set using FLEXCAN_ID_EXT() or FLEXCAN_ID_STD() macro.

flexcan_frame_format_t format: CAN Frame Identifier format(Standard of Extend).

flexcan_frame_type_t type: CAN Frame Type(Data or Remote).

struct _flexcan_pn_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Pretended Networking configuration structure.

This structure is used as the parameter of FLEXCAN_SetPNConfig() function. The FLEXCAN_SetPNConfig() function is used to configure FlexCAN Networking work mode.

Public Members

bool enableTimeout: Enable or Disable timeout event trigger wakeup.

uint16_t timeoutValue: The timeout value that generates a wakeup event, the counter timer is incremented based on 64 times the CAN Bit Time unit.

bool enableMatch: Enable or Disable match event trigger wakeup.

flexcan_pn_match_source_t matchSrc: Selects the match source (ID and/or data match) to trigger wakeup.

uint8_t matchNum: The number of times a given message must match the predefined ID and/or data before generating a wakeup event, range in 0x1 ~ 0xFF.

flexcan_pn_match_mode_t idMatchMode: The ID match type.

flexcan_pn_match_mode_t dataMatchMode: The data match type.

uint32_t idLower: The ID target values 1 which used either for ID match “equal to”, “smaller than”, “greater than” comparisons, or as the lower limit value in ID match “range detection”.

uint32_t idUpper

The ID target values 2 which used only as the upper limit value in ID match “range

detection” or used to store the ID mask in “equal to”.

uint8_t lengthLower

The lower limit for length of data bytes which used only in data match “range

detection”. Range in 0x0 ~ 0x8.

uint8_t lengthUpper

The upper limit for length of data bytes which used only in data match “range

detection”. Range in 0x0 ~ 0x8.

struct _flexcan_rx_fifo_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t *idFilterTable: Pointer to the FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO identifier filter table.

uint8_t idFilterNum: The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Filter elements quantity.

flexcan_rx_fifo_filter_type_t idFilterType: The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO Filter type.

flexcan_rx_fifo_priority_t priority: The FlexCAN Legacy Rx FIFO receive priority.

struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_std_id_filter

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO Standard ID filter element structure.

Public Members

uint32_t filterType: FlexCAN internal Free-Running Counter Time Stamp.

uint32_t rtr1: CAN FD frame data length code (DLC), range see _flexcan_fd_frame_length, When the length <= 8, it equal to the data length, otherwise the number of valid frame data is not equal to the length value. user can use DLC_LENGTH_DECODE(length) macro to get the number of valid data bytes.

uint32_t std1: CAN Frame Type(DATA or REMOTE).

uint32_t rtr2: CAN Frame Identifier(STD or EXT format).

uint32_t std2: Substitute Remote request.

struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_ext_id_filter

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO Extended ID filter element structure.

Public Members

uint32_t filterType: FlexCAN internal Free-Running Counter Time Stamp.

uint32_t rtr1: CAN FD frame data length code (DLC), range see _flexcan_fd_frame_length, When the length <= 8, it equal to the data length, otherwise the number of valid frame data is not equal to the length value. user can use DLC_LENGTH_DECODE(length) macro to get the number of valid data bytes.

uint32_t std1: CAN Frame Type(DATA or REMOTE).

uint32_t rtr2: CAN Frame Identifier(STD or EXT format).

uint32_t std2: Substitute Remote request.

struct _flexcan_enhanced_rx_fifo_config

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t *idFilterTable: Pointer to the FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO identifier filter table, each table member occupies 32 bit word, table size should be equal to idFilterNum. There are two types of Enhanced Rx FIFO filter elements that can be stored in table : extended-ID filter element (1 word, occupie 1 table members) and standard-ID filter element (2 words, occupies 2 table members), the extended-ID filter element needs to be placed in front of the table.

uint8_t idFilterPairNum: idFilterPairNum is the Enhanced Rx FIFO identifier filter element pair numbers, each pair of filter elements occupies 2 words and can consist of one extended ID filter element or two standard ID filter elements.

uint8_t extendIdFilterNum: The number of extended ID filter element items in the FlexCAN enhanced Rx FIFO identifier filter table, each extended-ID filter element occupies 2 words, extendIdFilterNum need less than or equal to idFilterPairNum.

uint8_t fifoWatermark: (fifoWatermark + 1) is the minimum number of CAN messages stored in the Enhanced RX FIFO which can trigger FIFO watermark interrupt or a DMA request.

flexcan_efifo_dma_per_read_length_t dmaPerReadLength: Define the length of each read of the Enhanced RX FIFO element by the DAM, see _flexcan_fd_frame_length.

flexcan_rx_fifo_priority_t priority: The FlexCAN Enhanced Rx FIFO receive priority.

struct _flexcan_mb_transfer

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Message Buffer transfer.

Public Members

flexcan_frame_t *frame: The buffer of CAN Message to be transfer.

uint8_t mbIdx: The index of Message buffer used to transfer Message.

struct _flexcan_fifo_transfer

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN Rx FIFO transfer.

Public Members

flexcan_fd_frame_t *framefd: The buffer of CAN Message to be received from Enhanced Rx FIFO.

flexcan_frame_t *frame: The buffer of CAN Message to be received from Legacy Rx FIFO.

size_t frameNum: Number of CAN Message need to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

struct _flexcan_handle

#include <fsl_flexcan.h>

FlexCAN handle structure.

Public Members

flexcan_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: FlexCAN callback function parameter.

flexcan_frame_t *volatile mbFrameBuf[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]: The buffer for received CAN data from Message Buffers.

flexcan_fd_frame_t *volatile mbFDFrameBuf[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]: The buffer for received CAN FD data from Message Buffers.

flexcan_frame_t *volatile rxFifoFrameBuf: The buffer for received CAN data from Legacy Rx FIFO.

flexcan_fd_frame_t *volatile rxFifoFDFrameBuf: The buffer for received CAN FD data from Ehanced Rx FIFO.

size_t rxFifoFrameNum: The number of CAN messages remaining to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

size_t rxFifoTransferTotalNum: Total CAN Message number need to be received from Legacy or Ehanced Rx FIFO.

volatile uint8_t mbState[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]: Message Buffer transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxFifoState: Rx FIFO transfer state.

volatile uint32_t timestamp[CAN_WORD1_COUNT]: Mailbox transfer timestamp.

struct byteStatus

Public Members

bool byteIsRead: The byte n (0~3) was read or not. The type of error and which bit in byte (n) is affected by the error.

struct __unnamed22__

Public Members

uint32_t timestamp: FlexCAN internal Free-Running Counter Time Stamp.

uint32_t length: CAN frame data length in bytes (Range: 0~8).

uint32_t type: CAN Frame Type(DATA or REMOTE).

uint32_t format: CAN Frame Identifier(STD or EXT format).

uint32_t __pad0__: Reserved.

uint32_t idhit: CAN Rx FIFO filter hit id(This value is only used in Rx FIFO receive mode).

struct __unnamed24__

Public Members

uint32_t id: CAN Frame Identifier, should be set using FLEXCAN_ID_EXT() or FLEXCAN_ID_STD() macro.

uint32_t __pad0__: Reserved.

union __unnamed26__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_frame

struct _flexcan_frame

struct __unnamed28__

Public Members

uint32_t dataWord0: CAN Frame payload word0.

uint32_t dataWord1: CAN Frame payload word1.

struct __unnamed30__

Public Members

uint8_t dataByte3: CAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t dataByte2: CAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t dataByte1: CAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t dataByte0: CAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t dataByte7: CAN Frame payload byte7.

uint8_t dataByte6: CAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t dataByte5: CAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t dataByte4: CAN Frame payload byte4.

struct __unnamed32__

Public Members

uint32_t timestamp: FlexCAN internal Free-Running Counter Time Stamp.

uint32_t length: CAN FD frame data length code (DLC), range see _flexcan_fd_frame_length, When the length <= 8, it equal to the data length, otherwise the number of valid frame data is not equal to the length value. user can use DLC_LENGTH_DECODE(length) macro to get the number of valid data bytes.

uint32_t type: CAN Frame Type(DATA or REMOTE).

uint32_t format: CAN Frame Identifier(STD or EXT format).

uint32_t srr: Substitute Remote request.

uint32_t esi: Error State Indicator.

uint32_t brs: Bit Rate Switch.

uint32_t edl: Extended Data Length.

struct __unnamed34__

Public Members

uint32_t id: CAN Frame Identifier, should be set using FLEXCAN_ID_EXT() or FLEXCAN_ID_STD() macro.

uint32_t __pad0__: Reserved.

union __unnamed36__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_fd_frame

struct _flexcan_fd_frame

struct __unnamed38__

Public Members

uint32_t dataWord[16]: CAN FD Frame payload, 16 double word maximum.

struct __unnamed40__

Public Members

uint8_t dataByte3: CAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t dataByte2: CAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t dataByte1: CAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t dataByte0: CAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t dataByte7: CAN Frame payload byte7.

uint8_t dataByte6: CAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t dataByte5: CAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t dataByte4: CAN Frame payload byte4.

union __unnamed42__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_config

struct _flexcan_config

struct __unnamed44__

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate: FlexCAN bit rate in bps, for classical CAN or CANFD nominal phase.

uint32_t baudRateFD: FlexCAN FD bit rate in bps, for CANFD data phase.

struct __unnamed46__

Public Members

uint32_t bitRate: FlexCAN bit rate in bps, for classical CAN or CANFD nominal phase.

uint32_t bitRateFD: FlexCAN FD bit rate in bps, for CANFD data phase.

union __unnamed48__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_pn_config

< The data target values 1 which used either for data match “equal to”, “smaller than”, “greater than” comparisons, or as the lower limit value in data match “range

detection”.

struct _flexcan_pn_config

struct __unnamed52__

< The data target values 1 which used either for data match “equal to”, “smaller than”, “greater than” comparisons, or as the lower limit value in data match “range

detection”.

Public Members

uint32_t lowerWord0: CAN Frame payload word0.

uint32_t lowerWord1: CAN Frame payload word1.

struct __unnamed54__

Public Members

uint8_t lowerByte3: CAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t lowerByte2: CAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t lowerByte1: CAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t lowerByte0: CAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t lowerByte7: CAN Frame payload byte7.

uint8_t lowerByte6: CAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t lowerByte5: CAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t lowerByte4: CAN Frame payload byte4.

union __unnamed50__

Public Members

struct _flexcan_pn_config

< The data target values 2 which used only as the upper limit value in data match “range

detection” or used to store the data mask in “equal to”.

struct _flexcan_pn_config

struct __unnamed56__

< The data target values 2 which used only as the upper limit value in data match “range

detection” or used to store the data mask in “equal to”.

Public Members

uint32_t upperWord0: CAN Frame payload word0.

uint32_t upperWord1: CAN Frame payload word1.

struct __unnamed58__

Public Members

uint8_t upperByte3: CAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t upperByte2: CAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t upperByte1: CAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t upperByte0: CAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t upperByte7: CAN Frame payload byte7.

uint8_t upperByte6: CAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t upperByte5: CAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t upperByte4: CAN Frame payload byte4.

FlexCAN eDMA Driver

void FLEXCAN_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *rxFifoEdmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexCAN handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.
rxFifoEdmaHandle – User-requested DMA handle for Rx FIFO DMA transfer.

void FLEXCAN_PrepareTransfConfiguration(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer, edma_transfer_config_t *pEdmaConfig)

Prepares the eDMA transfer configuration for FLEXCAN Legacy RX FIFO.

This function prepares the eDMA transfer configuration structure according to FLEXCAN Legacy RX FIFO.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO EDMA transfer structure, see flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.
pEdmaConfig – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

status_t FLEXCAN_StartTransferDatafromRxFIFO(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, edma_transfer_config_t *pEdmaConfig)

Start Transfer Data from the FLEXCAN Legacy Rx FIFO using eDMA.

This function to Update edma transfer confiugration and Start eDMA transfer

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.
pEdmaConfig – The user configuration structure of type edma_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveFifoEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives the CAN Message from the Legacy Rx FIFO using eDMA.

This function receives the CAN Message using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. After the CAN Message is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.
pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO EDMA transfer structure, see flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveFifoCountEMDA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Legacy Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXCAN_TransferAbortReceiveFifoEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive Legacy/Enhanced Rx FIFO process which used eDMA.

This function aborts the receive Legacy/Enhanced Rx FIFO process which used eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.

status_t FLEXCAN_TransferReceiveEnhancedFifoEDMA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, flexcan_fifo_transfer_t *pFifoXfer)

Receives the CAN FD Message from the Enhanced Rx FIFO using eDMA.

This function receives the CAN FD Message using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. After the CAN Message is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – Pointer to flexcan_edma_handle_t structure.
pFifoXfer – FlexCAN Rx FIFO EDMA transfer structure, see flexcan_fifo_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXCAN_RxFifoBusy – Previous transfer ongoing.

static inline status_t FLEXCAN_TransferGetReceiveEnhancedFifoCountEMDA(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the Enhanced Rx Fifo transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking receive.

Parameters:

base – FlexCAN peripheral base address.
handle – FlexCAN handle pointer.
count – Number of CAN messages receive so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

FSL_FLEXCAN_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexCAN EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexcan_edma_handle flexcan_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t)(CAN_Type *base, flexcan_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexCAN transfer callback function.

struct _flexcan_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexcan_edma.h>

FlexCAN eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexcan_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: FlexCAN callback function parameter.

edma_handle_t *rxFifoEdmaHandle: The EDMA handler for Rx FIFO.

volatile uint8_t rxFifoState: Rx FIFO transfer state.

size_t frameNum: The number of messages that need to be received.

flexcan_fd_frame_t *framefd: Point to the buffer of CAN Message to be received from Enhanced Rx FIFO.

FlexIO: FlexIO Driver

FlexIO Driver

void FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can used directly to call the FLEXIO_Configure().

Example:

flexio_config_t config;
FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Init(FLEXIO_Type *base, const flexio_config_t *userConfig)

Configures the FlexIO with a FlexIO configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

flexio_config_t config = {
.enableFlexio = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false
};
FLEXIO_Configure(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
userConfig – pointer to flexio_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_Deinit(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock. Call this API to stop the FlexIO clock.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_Init to use the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetInstance(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Get instance number for FLEXIO module.

Parameters:

base – FLEXIO peripheral base address.

void FLEXIO_Reset(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

static inline void FLEXIO_Enable(FLEXIO_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
enable – true to enable, false to disable.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_ReadPinInput(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Reads the input data on each of the FlexIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

FlexIO pin input data

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_GetShifterState(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the current state pointer for state mode use.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

current State pointer

void FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_shifter_config_t *shifterConfig)

Configures the shifter with the shifter configuration. The configuration structure covers both the SHIFTCTL and SHIFTCFG registers. To configure the shifter to the proper mode, select which timer controls the shifter to shift, whether to generate start bit/stop bit, and the polarity of start bit and stop bit.

Example

flexio_shifter_config_t config = {
.timerSelect = 0,
.timerPolarity = kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow,
.shifterMode = kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit,
.inputSource = kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin,
.shifterStop = kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh,
.shifterStart = kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow
};
FLEXIO_SetShifterConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Shifter index
shifterConfig – Pointer to flexio_shifter_config_t structure

void FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, const flexio_timer_config_t *timerConfig)

Configures the timer with the timer configuration. The configuration structure covers both the TIMCTL and TIMCFG registers. To configure the timer to the proper mode, select trigger source for timer and the timer pin output and the timing for timer.

Example

flexio_timer_config_t config = {
.triggerSelect = FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(0),
.triggerPolarity = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow,
.triggerSource = kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal,
.pinConfig = kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection,
.pinSelect = 0,
.pinPolarity = kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh,
.timerMode = kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit,
.timerOutput = kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset,
.timerDecrement = kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput,
.timerReset = kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput,
.timerDisable = kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare,
.timerEnable = kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh,
.timerStop = kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable,
.timerStart = kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled
};
FLEXIO_SetTimerConfig(base, &config);

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
index – Timer index
timerConfig – Pointer to the flexio_timer_config_t structure

static inline void FLEXIO_SetClockMode(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint8_t index, flexio_timer_decrement_source_t clocksource)

This function set the value of the prescaler on flexio channels.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
index – Timer index
clocksource – Set clock value

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status interrupt enable, for example, two shifter status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableShifterErrorInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the shifter error interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SEF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter error interrupt enable, for example, two shifter error enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_DisableTimerStatusInterrupts(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the timer status interrupt. The interrupt won’t generate when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple timer status interrupt enable, for example, two timer status enable, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter status flags, for example, two shifter status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the shifter error flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Shifter error flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearShifterErrorFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the shifter error flags.

Note

For clearing multiple shifter error flags, for example, two shifter error flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter error mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base)

Gets the timer status flags.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address

Returns:

Timer status flags

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearTimerStatusFlags(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the timer status flags.

Note

For clearing multiple timer status flags, for example, two timer status flags, can calculate the mask by using ((1 << timer index0) | (1 << timer index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The timer status mask which can be calculated by (1 << timer index)

static inline void FLEXIO_EnableShifterStatusDMA(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the shifter status DMA. The DMA request generates when the corresponding SSF is set.

Note

For multiple shifter status DMA enables, for example, calculate the mask by using ((1 << shifter index0) | (1 << shifter index1))

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – The shifter status mask which can be calculated by (1 << shifter index)
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t FLEXIO_GetShifterBufferAddress(FLEXIO_Type *base, flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t type, uint8_t index)

Gets the shifter buffer address for the DMA transfer usage.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
type – Shifter type of flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t
index – Shifter index

Returns:

Corresponding shifter buffer index

status_t FLEXIO_RegisterHandleIRQ(void *base, void *handle, flexio_isr_t isr)

Registers the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.
handle – Pointer to the handler for FlexIO simulated peripheral.
isr – FlexIO simulated peripheral interrupt handler.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UnregisterHandleIRQ(void *base)

Unregisters the handle and the interrupt handler for the FlexIO-simulated peripheral.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FlexIO simulated peripheral type.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearPortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FLEXIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_SetPortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FLEXIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_TogglePortOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple FLEXIO pins.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

static inline void FLEXIO_PinWrite(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the FLEXIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.
output – FLEXIO pin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void FLEXIO_EnablePinOutput(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Enables the FLEXIO output pin function.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_PinRead(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the FLEXIO pin.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

Return values:

FLEXIO – port input value

0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.
1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_GetPinStatus(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Gets the FLEXIO input pin status.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.

Return values:

FLEXIO – port input status

0: corresponding pin input capture no status.
1: corresponding pin input capture rising or falling edge.

static inline void FLEXIO_ClearPortStatus(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple FLEXIO input pins status.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
mask – FLEXIO pin number mask

FSL_FLEXIO_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO driver version.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity

Define time of timer trigger polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerPolarityActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source

Define type of timer trigger source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceExternal: External trigger selected.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerTriggerSourceInternal: Internal trigger selected.

enum _flexio_pin_config

Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutputDisabled: Pin output disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOpenDrainOrBidirection: Pin open drain or bidirectional output enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigBidirectionOutputData: Pin bidirectional output data.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinConfigOutput: Pin output.

enum _flexio_pin_polarity

Definition of pin polarity.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveHigh: Active high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_PinActiveLow: Active low.

enum _flexio_timer_mode

Define type of timer work mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDisabled: Timer Disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitBaudBit: Dual 8-bit counters baud/bit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeDual8BitPWM: Dual 8-bit counters PWM mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerModeSingle16Bit: Single 16-bit counter mode.

enum _flexio_timer_output

Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneNotAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroNotAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and is not affected by timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputOneAffectedByReset: Logic one when enabled and on timer reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerOutputZeroAffectedByReset: Logic zero when enabled and on timer reset.

enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source

Define type of timer decrement.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnFlexIOClockShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on FlexIO clock, Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTimerOutput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Timer output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnPinInputShiftPinInput: Decrement counter on Pin input (both edges), Shift clock equals Pin input.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDecSrcOnTriggerInputShiftTriggerInput: Decrement counter on Trigger input (both edges), Shift clock equals Trigger input.

enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition

Define type of timer reset condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetNever: Timer never reset.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Pin equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerEqualToTimerOutput: Timer reset on Timer Trigger equal to Timer Output.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerPinRisingEdge: Timer reset on Timer Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerRisingEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerResetOnTimerTriggerBothEdge: Timer reset on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition

Define type of timer disable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableNever: Timer never disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPreTimerDisable: Timer disabled on Timer N-1 disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompare: Timer disabled on Timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTimerCompareTriggerLow: Timer disabled on Timer compare and Trigger Low.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdge: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnPinBothEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer disabled on Pin rising or falling edge provided Trigger is high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerDisableOnTriggerFallingEdge: Timer disabled on Trigger falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition

Define type of timer enable condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnabledAlways: Timer always enabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPrevTimerEnable: Timer enabled on Timer N-1 enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerHighPinHigh: Timer enabled on Trigger high and Pin high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnPinRisingEdgeTriggerHigh: Timer enabled on Pin rising edge and Trigger high.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerRisingEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerEnableOnTriggerBothEdge: Timer enabled on Trigger rising or falling edge.

enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition

Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitDisabled: Stop bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompare: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer disable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStopBitEnableOnTimerCompareDisable: Stop bit is enabled on timer compare and timer disable.

enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition

Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitDisabled: Start bit disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_TimerStartBitEnabled: Start bit enabled.

enum _flexio_timer_output_state

FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmLow: The output state of PWM channel is low

enumerator kFLEXIO_PwmHigh: The output state of PWM channel is high

enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity

Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnPositive: Shift on positive edge of shift clock.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterTimerPolarityOnNegitive: Shift on negative edge of shift clock.

enum _flexio_shifter_mode

Define type of shifter working mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterDisabled: Shifter is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeReceive: Receive mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeTransmit: Transmit mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchStore: Match store mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeMatchContinuous: Match continuous mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeState: SHIFTBUF contents are used for storing programmable state attributes.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterModeLogic: SHIFTBUF contents are used for implementing programmable logic look up table.

enum _flexio_shifter_input_source

Define type of shifter input source.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromPin: Shifter input from pin.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterInputFromNextShifterOutput: Shifter input from Shifter N+1.

enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit

Define of STOP bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitDisable: Disable shifter stop bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitLow: Set shifter stop bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStopBitHigh: Set shifter stop bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit

Define type of START bit configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnEnable: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitDisabledLoadDataOnShift: Disable shifter start bit, transmitter loads data on first shift.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitLow: Set shifter start bit to logic low level.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterStartBitHigh: Set shifter start bit to logic high level.

enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type

Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBuffer: Shifter Buffer N Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferBitByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Bit Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleByteSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Byte Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferHalfWordSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Half Word Swapped Register.

enumerator kFLEXIO_ShifterBufferNibbleSwapped: Shifter Buffer N Nibble Swapped Register.

enum _flexio_gpio_direction

FLEXIO gpio direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_DigitalInput: Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kFLEXIO_DigitalOutput: Set current pin as digital output

enum _flexio_pin_input_config

FLEXIO gpio input config.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_InputInterruptDisabled: Interrupt request is disabled.

enumerator kFLEXIO_InputInterruptEnable: Interrupt request is enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_FlagRisingEdgeEnable: Input pin flag on rising edge.

enumerator kFLEXIO_FlagFallingEdgeEnable: Input pin flag on falling edge.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_polarity flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t: Define time of timer trigger polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_trigger_source flexio_timer_trigger_source_t: Define type of timer trigger source.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_config flexio_pin_config_t: Define type of timer/shifter pin configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_polarity flexio_pin_polarity_t: Definition of pin polarity.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_mode flexio_timer_mode_t: Define type of timer work mode.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output flexio_timer_output_t: Define type of timer initial output or timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_decrement_source flexio_timer_decrement_source_t: Define type of timer decrement.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_reset_condition flexio_timer_reset_condition_t: Define type of timer reset condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_disable_condition flexio_timer_disable_condition_t: Define type of timer disable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_enable_condition flexio_timer_enable_condition_t: Define type of timer enable condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer stop bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_start_bit_condition flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t: Define type of timer start bit generate condition.

typedef enum _flexio_timer_output_state flexio_timer_output_state_t: FlexIO as PWM channel output state.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_timer_polarity flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t: Define type of timer polarity for shifter control.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_mode flexio_shifter_mode_t: Define type of shifter working mode.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_input_source flexio_shifter_input_source_t: Define type of shifter input source.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_stop_bit flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t: Define of STOP bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_start_bit flexio_shifter_start_bit_t: Define type of START bit configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_shifter_buffer_type flexio_shifter_buffer_type_t: Define FlexIO shifter buffer type.

typedef struct _flexio_config_ flexio_config_t: Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_timer_config flexio_timer_config_t: Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_shifter_config flexio_shifter_config_t: Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

typedef enum _flexio_gpio_direction flexio_gpio_direction_t: FLEXIO gpio direction definition.

typedef enum _flexio_pin_input_config flexio_pin_input_config_t: FLEXIO gpio input config.

typedef struct _flexio_gpio_config flexio_gpio_config_t

The FLEXIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, use inputConfig param. If configured as an output pin, use outputLogic.

typedef void (*flexio_isr_t)(void *base, void *handle): typedef for FlexIO simulated driver interrupt handler.

FLEXIO_Type *const s_flexioBases[]: Pointers to flexio bases for each instance.

const clock_ip_name_t s_flexioClocks[]: Pointers to flexio clocks for each instance.

void FLEXIO_SetPinConfig(FLEXIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, flexio_gpio_config_t *config)

Configure a FLEXIO pin used by the board.

To Config the FLEXIO PIN, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the FLEXIO_SetPinConfig() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

Define a digital input pin configuration,
flexio_gpio_config_t config =
{
  kFLEXIO_DigitalInput,
  0U,
  kFLEXIO_FlagRisingEdgeEnable | kFLEXIO_InputInterruptEnable,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
flexio_gpio_config_t config =
{
  kFLEXIO_DigitalOutput,
  0U,
  0U
}

Parameters:

base – FlexIO peripheral base address
pin – FLEXIO pin number.
config – FLEXIO pin configuration pointer.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_PININPUT(x): Calculate FlexIO timer trigger.

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_SHIFTnSTAT(x)

FLEXIO_TIMER_TRIGGER_SEL_TIMn(x)

struct _flexio_config_

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableFlexio: Enable/disable FlexIO module

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

struct _flexio_timer_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO timer configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t triggerSelect: The internal trigger selection number using MACROs.

flexio_timer_trigger_polarity_t triggerPolarity: Trigger Polarity.

flexio_timer_trigger_source_t triggerSource: Trigger Source, internal (see ‘trgsel’) or external.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Timer Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Timer Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Timer Pin Polarity.

flexio_timer_mode_t timerMode: Timer work Mode.

flexio_timer_output_t timerOutput: Configures the initial state of the Timer Output and whether it is affected by the Timer reset.

flexio_timer_decrement_source_t timerDecrement: Configures the source of the Timer decrement and the source of the Shift clock.

flexio_timer_reset_condition_t timerReset: Configures the condition that causes the timer counter (and optionally the timer output) to be reset.

flexio_timer_disable_condition_t timerDisable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be disabled and stop decrementing.

flexio_timer_enable_condition_t timerEnable: Configures the condition that causes the Timer to be enabled and start decrementing.

flexio_timer_stop_bit_condition_t timerStop: Timer STOP Bit generation.

flexio_timer_start_bit_condition_t timerStart: Timer STRAT Bit generation.

uint32_t timerCompare: Value for Timer Compare N Register.

struct _flexio_shifter_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

Define FlexIO shifter configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t timerSelect: Selects which Timer is used for controlling the logic/shift register and generating the Shift clock.

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t timerPolarity: Timer Polarity.

flexio_pin_config_t pinConfig: Shifter Pin Configuration.

uint32_t pinSelect: Shifter Pin number Select.

flexio_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity: Shifter Pin Polarity.

flexio_shifter_mode_t shifterMode: Configures the mode of the Shifter.

uint32_t parallelWidth: Configures the parallel width when using parallel mode.

flexio_shifter_input_source_t inputSource: Selects the input source for the shifter.

flexio_shifter_stop_bit_t shifterStop: Shifter STOP bit.

flexio_shifter_start_bit_t shifterStart: Shifter START bit.

struct _flexio_gpio_config

#include <fsl_flexio.h>

The FLEXIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, use inputConfig param. If configured as an output pin, use outputLogic.

Public Members

flexio_gpio_direction_t pinDirection: FLEXIO pin direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic: Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

uint8_t inputConfig: Set an input config

FlexIO eDMA I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S master DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *dmaHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S Rx eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S slave DMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S master transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified FlexIO I2S instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer.
callback – FlexIO I2S eDMA callback function called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for callback.
dmaHandle – eDMA handle for FlexIO I2S. This handle is a static value allocated by users.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormatEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S Tx audio format.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred. This function also sets the eDMA parameter according to format.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S eDMA handle pointer
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S clock source frequency in Hz, it should be 0 while in slave mode.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S transfer using DMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetTransferStatus to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA send successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_TxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy sending data.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Note

This interface returned immediately after transfer initiates. Users should call FLEXIO_I2S_GetReceiveRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO I2S transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
xfer – Pointer to DMA transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Start a FlexIO I2S eDMA receive successfully.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input arguments is invalid.
kStatus_RxBusy – FlexIO I2S is busy receiving data.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO I2S receive using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Get the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S peripheral base address.
handle – FlexIO I2S DMA handle pointer.
count – Bytes received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S EDMA driver version 2.1.8.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer callback function for finish and error.

struct _flexio_i2s_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s_edma.h>

FlexIO I2S DMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

edma_handle_t *dmaHandle: DMA handler for FlexIO I2S send

uint8_t bytesPerFrame: Bytes in a frame

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

uint32_t state: Internal state for FlexIO I2S eDMA transfer

flexio_i2s_edma_callback_t callback: Callback for users while transfer finish or error occurred

void *userData: User callback parameter

edma_tcd_t tcd[(4U) + 1U]: TCD pool for eDMA transfer.

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer.

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer.

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO eDMA SPI Driver

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI master eDMA handle which can be used for other FlexIO SPI master transactional APIs. For a specified FlexIO SPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI master eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txHandle, edma_handle_t *rxHandle)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO SPI slave eDMA handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – SPI callback, NULL means no callback.
userData – callback function parameter.
txHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI TX eDMA transfer.
rxHandle – User requested eDMA handle for FlexIO SPI RX eDMA transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a non-blocking FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Note

This interface returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetTransferCountEDMA to poll the transfer status and check whether the FlexIO SPI transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – Pointer to FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – FlexIO SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbortEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts a FlexIO SPI transfer using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCountEDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes transferred so far using FlexIO SPI slave eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO SPI eDMA handle pointer.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

struct _flexio_spi_master_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi_edma.h>

FlexIO SPI eDMA transfer handle, users should not touch the content of the handle.

Public Members

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

bool txInProgress: Send transfer in progress

bool rxInProgress: Receive transfer in progress

edma_handle_t *txHandle: DMA handler for SPI send

edma_handle_t *rxHandle: DMA handler for SPI receive

flexio_spi_master_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback for SPI DMA transfer

void *userData: User Data for SPI DMA callback

FlexIO eDMA UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandleEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData, edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle, edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle)

Initializes the UART handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type.
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.
rxEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for RX DMA transfer.
txEdmaHandle – User requested DMA handle for TX DMA transfer.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO SPI eDMA type/handle table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends data using eDMA.

This function sends data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – UART handle pointer.
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives data using eDMA.

This function receives data using eDMA. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
xfer – UART eDMA transfer structure, see flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – if succeed, others failed.
kStatus_UART_RxBusy – Previous transfer on going.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSendEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the sent data which using eDMA.

This function aborts sent data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceiveEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

This function aborts the receive data which using eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent out.

This function gets the number of bytes sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCountEDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type
handle – Pointer to flexio_uart_edma_handle_t structure
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_EDMA_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART EDMA driver version.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle flexio_uart_edma_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_edma_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): UART transfer callback function.

struct _flexio_uart_edma_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart_edma.h>

UART eDMA handle.

Public Members

flexio_uart_edma_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

edma_handle_t *txEdmaHandle: The eDMA TX channel used.

edma_handle_t *rxEdmaHandle: The eDMA RX channel used.

uint8_t nbytes: eDMA minor byte transfer count initially configured.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

FlexIO I2C Master Driver

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_CheckForBusyBus(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already pulled down.

Check the FLEXIO pin status to see whether either of SDA and SCL pin is pulled down.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure..

Return values:

kStatus_Success –
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy –

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, and configures the FlexIO I2C hardware configuration.

Example

FLEXIO_I2C_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDAPinIndex = 0,
.SCLPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_i2c_master_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 100000
};
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Initialization successful
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The source clock exceed upper range limitation

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2C master peripheral. Calling this API Resets the FlexIO I2C master shifer and timer config, module can’t work unless the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit is called.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO module. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_I2C_MasterInit().

Example:

flexio_i2c_master_config_t config;
FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&config);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_config_t structure.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnable(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – Pass true to enable module, false does not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, use status flag to AND _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags can get the related status.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FlexIO I2C master status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag
- kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO i2c master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source. Currently only one interrupt request source:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the FlexIO I2C master transfer baudrate.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
baudRate_Bps – the baud rate value in HZ
srcClock_Hz – source clock in HZ

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, flexio_i2c_direction_t direction)

Sends START + 7-bit address to the bus.

Note

This API should be called when the transfer configuration is ready to send a START signal and 7-bit address to the bus. This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the address is put into the data register but the address transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag status is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
address – 7-bit address.
direction – transfer direction. This parameter is one of the values in flexio_i2c_direction_t:
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Transmit
- kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Receive

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterRepeatedStart(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the repeated start signal on the bus.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterAbortStop(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Sends the stop signal when transfer is still on-going.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterEnableAck(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Configures the sent ACK/NAK for the following byte.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
enable – True to configure send ACK, false configure to send NAK.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterSetTransferCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint16_t count)

Sets the number of bytes to be transferred from a start signal to a stop signal.

Note

Call this API before a transfer begins because the timer generates a number of clocks according to the number of bytes that need to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
count – Number of bytes need to be transferred from a start signal to a re-start/stop signal

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully configured the count.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data to the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
data – a byte of data.

static inline uint8_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadByte(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base)

Reads one byte of data from the I2C bus.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the data is ready in the register.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.

Returns:

data byte read.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterWriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data in bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
txBuff – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak – Receive NAK during writing data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
rxBuff – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to receiving NAK.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the I2C handle which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – Pointer to user callback function.
userData – User param passed to the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/isr table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs a master interrupt non-blocking transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API returns immediately after the transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is not kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy – FlexIO I2C is not idle, is running another transfer.

status_t FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer status during a interrupt non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts an interrupt non-blocking transfer early.

Note

This API can be called at any time when an interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer early.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *i2cType, void *i2cHandle)

Master interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2cType – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2C_Type structure
i2cHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t structure

FSL_FLEXIO_I2C_MASTER_DRIVER_VERSION

FlexIO I2C transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Busy: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Idle: I2C is busy doing transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Nak: NAK received during transfer.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout: Timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_interrupt

Define FlexIO I2C master interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullInterruptEnable: Rx buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_i2c_master_status_flags

Define FlexIO I2C master status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_TxEmptyFlag: Tx shifter empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_RxFullFlag: Rx shifter full/Transfer complete flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_ReceiveNakFlag: Receive NAK flag.

enum _flexio_i2c_direction

Direction of master transfer.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Write: Master send to slave.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2C_Read: Master receive from slave.

typedef enum _flexio_i2c_direction flexio_i2c_direction_t: Direction of master transfer.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_type FLEXIO_I2C_Type: Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_config flexio_i2c_master_config_t: Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle flexio_i2c_master_handle_t: FlexIO I2C master handle typedef.

typedef void (*flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2C_Type *base, flexio_i2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2C master transfer callback typedef.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_i2c_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDAPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SDA.

uint8_t SCLPinIndex: Pin select for I2C SCL.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t timerIndex[3]: Timer index used in FlexIO I2C.

uint32_t baudrate: Master transfer baudrate, used to calculate delay time.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enables the FlexIO I2C peripheral at initialization time.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master transfer structure.

Public Members

uint32_t flags: Transfer flag which controls the transfer, reserved for FlexIO I2C.

uint8_t slaveAddress: 7-bit slave address.

flexio_i2c_direction_t direction: Transfer direction, read or write.

uint32_t subaddress: Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

uint8_t subaddressSize: Size of command buffer.

uint8_t volatile *data: Transfer buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize: Transfer size.

struct _flexio_i2c_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2c_master.h>

Define FlexIO I2C master handle structure.

Public Members

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_t transfer: FlexIO I2C master transfer copy.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

uint8_t state: Transfer state maintained during transfer.

flexio_i2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback: Callback function called at transfer event. Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function.

bool needRestart: Whether master needs to send re-start signal.

FlexIO I2S Driver

void FLEXIO_I2S_Init(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, const flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S.

This API configures FlexIO pins and shifter to I2S and configures the FlexIO I2S with a configuration structure. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig().

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application to use the FlexIO I2S driver. Otherwise, any access to the FlexIO I2S module can cause hard fault because the clock is not enabled.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
config – FlexIO I2S configure structure.

void FLEXIO_I2S_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_i2s_config_t *config)

Sets the FlexIO I2S configuration structure to default values.

The purpose of this API is to get the configuration structure initialized for use in FLEXIO_I2S_Init(). Users may use the initialized structure unchanged in FLEXIO_I2S_Init() or modify some fields of the structure before calling FLEXIO_I2S_Init().

Parameters:

config – pointer to master configuration structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_Deinit(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

De-initializes the FlexIO I2S.

Calling this API resets the FlexIO I2S shifter and timer config. After calling this API, call the FLEXO_I2S_Init to use the FlexIO I2S module.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_Enable(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type
enable – True to enable, false dose not have any effect.

uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

Status flag, which are ORed by the enumerators in the _flexio_i2s_status_flags.

void FLEXIO_I2S_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

void FLEXIO_I2S_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO I2S interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
mask – interrupt source

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_TxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Tx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_RxEnableDMA(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO I2S Rx DMA requests.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_TxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S send data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s send data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_RxGetDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO I2S receive data register address.

This function returns the I2S data register address, mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure

Returns:

FlexIO i2s receive data register address.

void FLEXIO_I2S_MasterSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in master mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – I2S master clock source frequency in Hz.

void FLEXIO_I2S_SlaveSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_format_t *format)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format in slave mode.

Audio format can be changed in run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
format – Pointer to FlexIO I2S audio data format structure.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *txData, size_t size)

Sends data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
txData – Pointer to the data to be written.
size – Bytes to be written.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully write data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline void FLEXIO_I2S_WriteData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint32_t data)

Writes data into a data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer.
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
data – Data to be written.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, uint8_t bitWidth, uint8_t *rxData, size_t size)

Receives a piece of data using a blocking method.

Note

This function blocks via polling until data is ready to be sent.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer
bitWidth – How many bits in a audio word, usually 8/16/24/32 bits.
rxData – Pointer to the data to be read.
size – Bytes to be read.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully read data.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2C_Timeout – Timeout polling status flags.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_I2S_ReadData(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base)

Reads a data from the data register.

Parameters:

base – FlexIO I2S base pointer

Returns:

Data read from data register.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSetFormat(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_format_t *format, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the FlexIO I2S audio format.

Audio format can be changed at run-time of FlexIO I2S. This function configures the sample rate and audio data format to be transferred.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – FlexIO I2S handle pointer.
format – Pointer to audio data format structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO I2S bit clock source frequency in Hz. This parameter should be 0 while in slave mode.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxCreateHandle(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO I2S receive handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO I2S handle which can be used for other FlexIO I2S transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – FlexIO I2S callback function, which is called while finished a block.
userData – User parameter for the FlexIO I2S callback.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking send transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status and check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to TX register yet.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, flexio_i2s_transfer_t *xfer)

Performs an interrupt non-blocking receive transfer on FlexIO I2S.

Note

The API returns immediately after transfer initiates. Call FLEXIO_I2S_GetRemainingBytes to poll the transfer status to check whether the transfer is finished. If the return status is 0, the transfer is finished.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
xfer – Pointer to flexio_i2s_transfer_t structure

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data receive.
kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy – Previous receive still not finished.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – The input parameter is invalid.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current send.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the current receive.

Note

This API can be called at any time when interrupt non-blocking transfer initiates to abort the transfer in a early time.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes sent.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

status_t FLEXIO_I2S_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the remaining bytes to be received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state
count – Bytes recieved.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Succeed get the transfer count.
kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

Returns:

count Bytes received.

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferTxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Tx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure

void FLEXIO_I2S_TransferRxHandleIRQ(void *i2sBase, void *i2sHandle)

Rx interrupt handler.

Parameters:

i2sBase – Pointer to FLEXIO_I2S_Type structure.
i2sHandle – Pointer to flexio_i2s_handle_t structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_I2S_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO I2S driver version 2.2.0.

FlexIO I2S transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Idle: FlexIO I2S is in idle state

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_TxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_RxBusy: FlexIO I2S Tx is busy

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Error: FlexIO I2S error occurred

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_QueueFull: FlexIO I2S transfer queue is full.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_I2S_Timeout: FlexIO I2S timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave

Master or slave mode.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Master: Master mode

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_Slave: Slave mode

_flexio_i2s_interrupt_enable Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

_flexio_i2s_status_flags Define FlexIO FlexIO I2S status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate

Audio sample rate.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate8KHz: Sample rate 8000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate11025Hz: Sample rate 11025Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate12KHz: Sample rate 12000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate16KHz: Sample rate 16000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate22050Hz: Sample rate 22050Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate24KHz: Sample rate 24000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate32KHz: Sample rate 32000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate44100Hz: Sample rate 44100Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate48KHz: Sample rate 48000Hz

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_SampleRate96KHz: Sample rate 96000Hz

enum _flexio_i2s_word_width

Audio word width.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth8bits: Audio data width 8 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth16bits: Audio data width 16 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth24bits: Audio data width 24 bits

enumerator kFLEXIO_I2S_WordWidth32bits: Audio data width 32 bits

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_type FLEXIO_I2S_Type: Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_master_slave flexio_i2s_master_slave_t: Master or slave mode.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_config flexio_i2s_config_t: FlexIO I2S configure structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_format flexio_i2s_format_t: FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_sample_rate flexio_i2s_sample_rate_t: Audio sample rate.

typedef enum _flexio_i2s_word_width flexio_i2s_word_width_t: Audio word width.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_transfer flexio_i2s_transfer_t: Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_i2s_handle flexio_i2s_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_i2s_callback_t)(FLEXIO_I2S_Type *base, flexio_i2s_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO I2S xfer callback prototype.

I2S_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_I2S_XFER_QUEUE_SIZE: FlexIO I2S transfer queue size, user can refine it according to use case.

struct _flexio_i2s_type

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer

uint8_t txPinIndex: Tx data pin index in FlexIO pins

uint8_t rxPinIndex: Rx data pin index

uint8_t bclkPinIndex: Bit clock pin index

uint8_t fsPinIndex: Frame sync pin index

uint8_t txShifterIndex: Tx data shifter index

uint8_t rxShifterIndex: Rx data shifter index

uint8_t bclkTimerIndex: Bit clock timer index

uint8_t fsTimerIndex: Frame sync timer index

struct _flexio_i2s_config

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S configure structure.

Public Members

bool enableI2S: Enable FlexIO I2S

flexio_i2s_master_slave_t masterSlave: Master or slave

flexio_pin_polarity_t txPinPolarity: Tx data pin polarity, active high or low

flexio_pin_polarity_t rxPinPolarity: Rx data pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t bclkPinPolarity: Bit clock pin polarity

flexio_pin_polarity_t fsPinPolarity: Frame sync pin polarity

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t txTimerPolarity: Tx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

flexio_shifter_timer_polarity_t rxTimerPolarity: Rx data valid on bclk rising or falling edge

struct _flexio_i2s_format

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

FlexIO I2S audio format, FlexIO I2S only support the same format in Tx and Rx.

Public Members

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width of audio data, always 8/16/24/32 bits

uint32_t sampleRate_Hz: Sample rate of the audio data

struct _flexio_i2s_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S transfer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t *data: Data buffer start pointer

size_t dataSize: Bytes to be transferred.

struct _flexio_i2s_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_i2s.h>

Define FlexIO I2S handle structure.

Public Members

uint32_t state: Internal state

flexio_i2s_callback_t callback: Callback function called at transfer event

void *userData: Callback parameter passed to callback function

uint8_t bitWidth: Bit width for transfer, 8/16/24/32bits

flexio_i2s_transfer_t queue[(4U)]: Transfer queue storing queued transfer

size_t transferSize[(4U)]: Data bytes need to transfer

volatile uint8_t queueUser: Index for user to queue transfer

volatile uint8_t queueDriver: Index for driver to get the transfer data and size

FlexIO SPI Driver

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI master hardware, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI master configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_spi_master_config_t config = {
.enableMaster = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 500000,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterInit(&spiDev, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Note

1.FlexIO SPI master only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 2.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI master communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 2*2=4. If FlexIO SPI master communicates with FlexIO SPI slave, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO SPI timer and shifter config.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI master. The configuration can be used directly by calling the FLEXIO_SPI_MasterConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_master_config_t masterConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:

masterConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures the FlexIO SPI slave hardware configuration, and configures the FlexIO SPI with FlexIO SPI slave configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user, or be set with default values by the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig().

Note

1.Only one timer is needed in the FlexIO SPI slave. As a result, the second timer index is ignored. 2.FlexIO SPI slave only support CPOL = 0, which means clock inactive low. 3.For FlexIO SPI master, the input valid time is 1.5 clock cycles, for slave the output valid time is 2.5 clock cycles. So if FlexIO SPI slave communicates with other spi IPs, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by 3*2=6. If FlexIO SPI slave communicates with FlexIO SPI master, the maximum baud rate is FlexIO clock frequency divided by (1.5+2.5)*2=8. Example

FLEXIO_SPI_Type spiDev = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.SDOPinIndex = 0,
.SDIPinIndex = 1,
.SCKPinIndex = 2,
.CSnPinIndex = 3,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0}
};
flexio_spi_slave_config_t config = {
.enableSlave = true,
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.phase = kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge,
.direction = kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst,
.dataMode = kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode
};
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveInit(&spiDev, &config);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveDeinit(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gates the FlexIO clock.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(flexio_spi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO SPI slave. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveConfigure(). Example:

flexio_spi_slave_config_t slaveConfig;
FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:

slaveConfig – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Gets FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

Returns:

status flag; Use the status flag to AND the following flag mask and get the status.

kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears FlexIO SPI status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – status flag The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxEmptyFlag

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO SPI interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – interrupt source The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable
- kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

void FLEXIO_SPI_EnableDMA(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO SPI Tx DMA, which means that asserting the kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
mask – SPI DMA source.
enable – True means enable DMA, false means disable DMA.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI transmit data register address for MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Gets the FlexIO SPI receive data register address for the MSB first transfer.

This function returns the SPI data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

FlexIO SPI receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_Enable(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO SPI module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterSetBaudRate(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClockHz)

Sets baud rate for the FlexIO SPI transfer, which is only used for the master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
baudRate_Bps – Baud Rate needed in Hz.
srcClockHz – SPI source clock frequency in Hz.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_WriteData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint32_t data)

Writes one byte of data, which is sent using the MSB method.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register but the data transfer is not finished on the bus. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
data – 8/16/32 bit data.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadData(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction)

Reads 8 bit/16 bit data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.

Returns:

8 bit/16 bit data received.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The data bytes to send.
size – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction, uint8_t *buffer, size_t size)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
direction – Shift direction of MSB first or LSB first.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.
size – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks via polling until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – pointer to FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure, see flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout – The transfer timed out and was aborted.

void FLEXIO_SPI_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Master handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Master transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle, is running another transfer.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the master data transfer, which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI master IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_master_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the FlexIO SPI Slave handle, which is used in transactional functions.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, flexio_spi_transfer_t *xfer)

Slave transfer data using IRQ.

This function sends data using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is sent out/received, the callback function is called.

Parameters:

handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
xfer – FlexIO SPI transfer structure. See flexio_spi_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully start a transfer.
kStatus_InvalidArgument – Input argument is invalid.
kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy – SPI is not idle; it is running another transfer.

static inline void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferAbort(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave data transfer which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

static inline status_t FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the data transfer status which used IRQ, share same API with master.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_InvalidArgument – count is Invalid.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_SPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(void *spiType, void *spiHandle)

FlexIO SPI slave IRQ handler function.

Parameters:

spiType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_SPI_Type structure.
spiHandle – Pointer to the flexio_spi_slave_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

FSL_FLEXIO_SPI_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO SPI driver version.

Error codes for the FlexIO SPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Busy: FlexIO SPI is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Idle: SPI is idle

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Error: FlexIO SPI error.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_SPI_Timeout: FlexIO SPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase

FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the middle of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge: First edge on SPSCK occurs at the start of the first cycle of a data transfer.

enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction

FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_MsbFirst: Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_LsbFirst: Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode

FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8BitMode: 8-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16BitMode: 16-bit data transmission mode.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32BitMode: 32-bit data transmission mode.

enum _flexio_spi_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO SPI interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_spi_status_flags

Define FlexIO SPI status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxBufferEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxBufferFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enum _flexio_spi_dma_enable

Define FlexIO SPI DMA mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_TxDmaEnable: Tx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_RxDmaEnable: Rx DMA request source

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_DmaAllEnable: All DMA request source

enum _flexio_spi_transfer_flags

Define FlexIO SPI transfer flags.

Note

Use kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous and one of the other flags to OR together to form the transfer flag.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_8bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 8-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_16bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 16-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitMsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit MSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_32bitLsb: FlexIO SPI 32-bit LSB first

enumerator kFLEXIO_SPI_csContinuous: Enable the CS signal continuous mode

typedef enum _flexio_spi_clock_phase flexio_spi_clock_phase_t: FlexIO SPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_shift_direction flexio_spi_shift_direction_t: FlexIO SPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t: FlexIO SPI data length mode options.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_type FLEXIO_SPI_Type: Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_config flexio_spi_master_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_slave_config flexio_spi_slave_config_t: Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_transfer flexio_spi_transfer_t: Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_spi_master_handle flexio_spi_master_handle_t: typedef for flexio_spi_master_handle_t in advance.

typedef flexio_spi_master_handle_t flexio_spi_slave_handle_t: Slave handle is the same with master handle.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI master callback for finished transmit.

typedef void (*flexio_spi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_SPI_Type *base, flexio_spi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO SPI slave callback for finished transmit.

FLEXIO_SPI_DUMMYDATA: FlexIO SPI dummy transfer data, the data is sent while txData is NULL.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

FLEXIO_SPI_XFER_DATA_FORMAT(flag): Get the transfer data format of width and bit order.

struct _flexio_spi_type

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t SDOPinIndex: Pin select for data output. To set SDO pin in Hi-Z state, user needs to mux the pin as GPIO input and disable all pull up/down in application.

uint8_t SDIPinIndex: Pin select for data input.

uint8_t SCKPinIndex: Pin select for clock.

uint8_t CSnPinIndex: Pin select for enable.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO SPI.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO SPI.

struct _flexio_spi_master_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableMaster: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI master after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_slave_config

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableSlave: Enable/disable FlexIO SPI slave after configuration.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode.

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode.

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

flexio_spi_clock_phase_t phase: Clock phase.

flexio_spi_data_bitcount_mode_t dataMode: 8bit or 16bit mode.

struct _flexio_spi_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t dataSize: Transfer bytes.

uint8_t flags: FlexIO SPI control flag, MSB first or LSB first.

struct _flexio_spi_master_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_spi.h>

Define FlexIO SPI handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData: Transfer buffer.

uint8_t *rxData: Receive buffer.

size_t transferSize: Total bytes to be transferred.

volatile size_t txRemainingBytes: Send data remaining in bytes.

volatile size_t rxRemainingBytes: Receive data remaining in bytes.

volatile uint32_t state: FlexIO SPI internal state.

uint8_t bytePerFrame: SPI mode, 2bytes or 1byte in a frame

flexio_spi_shift_direction_t direction: Shift direction.

flexio_spi_master_transfer_callback_t callback: FlexIO SPI callback.

void *userData: Callback parameter.

FlexIO UART Driver

status_t FLEXIO_UART_Init(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Ungates the FlexIO clock, resets the FlexIO module, configures FlexIO UART hardware, and configures the FlexIO UART with FlexIO UART configuration. The configuration structure can be filled by the user or be set with default values by FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig().

Example

FLEXIO_UART_Type base = {
.flexioBase = FLEXIO,
.TxPinIndex = 0,
.RxPinIndex = 1,
.shifterIndex = {0,1},
.timerIndex = {0,1}
};
flexio_uart_config_t config = {
.enableInDoze = false,
.enableInDebug = true,
.enableFastAccess = false,
.baudRate_Bps = 115200U,
.bitCountPerChar = 8
};
FLEXIO_UART_Init(base, &config, srcClock_Hz);

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.
srcClock_Hz – FlexIO source clock in Hz.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Configuration success.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported for current clock source frequency.

void FLEXIO_UART_Deinit(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Resets the FlexIO UART shifter and timer config.

Note

After calling this API, call the FLEXO_UART_Init to use the FlexIO UART module.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure

void FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(flexio_uart_config_t *userConfig)

Gets the default configuration to configure the FlexIO UART. The configuration can be used directly for calling the FLEXIO_UART_Init(). Example:

flexio_uart_config_t config;
FLEXIO_UART_GetDefaultConfig(&userConfig);

Parameters:

userConfig – Pointer to the flexio_uart_config_t structure.

uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART status flags.

void FLEXIO_UART_ClearStatusFlags(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Gets the FlexIO UART status flags.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Status flag. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:
- kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxEmptyFlag
- kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag

void FLEXIO_UART_EnableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function enables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

void FLEXIO_UART_DisableInterrupts(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

This function disables the FlexIO UART interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
mask – Interrupt source.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetTxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UARt transmit data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART transmit data register address.

static inline uint32_t FLEXIO_UART_GetRxDataRegisterAddress(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Gets the FlexIO UART receive data register address.

This function returns the UART data register address, which is mainly used by DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

Returns:

FlexIO UART receive data register address.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableTxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART transmit DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Tx DMA, which means asserting the kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_EnableRxDMA(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART receive DMA. This function enables/disables the FlexIO UART Rx DMA, which means asserting kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag does/doesn’t trigger the DMA request.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_Enable(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/disables the FlexIO UART module operation.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type.
enable – True to enable, false does not have any effect.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_WriteByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *buffer)

Writes one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is put into the data register. Ensure that the TxEmptyFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The data bytes to send.

static inline void FLEXIO_UART_ReadByte(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *buffer)

Reads one byte of data.

Note

This is a non-blocking API, which returns directly after the data is read from the data register. Ensure that the RxFullFlag is asserted before calling this API.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
buffer – The buffer to store the received bytes.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_WriteBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txData, size_t txSize)

Sends a buffer of data bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been sent.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
txData – The data bytes to send.
txSize – The number of data bytes to send.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_ReadBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxData, size_t rxSize)

Receives a buffer of bytes.

Note

This function blocks using the polling method until all bytes have been received.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
rxData – The buffer to store the received bytes.
rxSize – The number of data bytes to be received.

Return values:

kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.
kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferCreateHandle(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the UART handle.

This function initializes the FlexIO UART handle, which can be used for other FlexIO UART transactional APIs. Call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The UART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that users can set up a RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:

base – to FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
callback – The callback function.
userData – The parameter of the callback function.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully create the handle.
kStatus_OutOfRange – The FlexIO type/handle/ISR table out of range.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStartRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_ReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, users can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using the RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.
ringBufferSize – Size of the ring buffer.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferStopRingBuffer(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferSendNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function sends data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data to be written to the TX register. When all data is written to the TX register in ISR, the FlexIO UART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data is written to the TX register. However, it does not ensure that all data is sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – FlexIO UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully starts the data transmission.
kStatus_UART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not written to the TX register.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortSend(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data sending. Get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes are still not sent out.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetSendCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes sent.

This function gets the number of bytes sent driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes sent so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, flexio_uart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using the interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns without waiting for all data to be received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in ring buffer is not enough to read, the receive request is saved by the UART driver. When new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the UART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes the status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, if the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in the ring buffer, the 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data. This function returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the last 5 bytes, newly arrived data is saved from the xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the UART driver notifies upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
xfer – UART transfer structure. See flexio_uart_transfer_t.
receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:

kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.
kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferAbortReceive(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

This function aborts the receive data which was using IRQ.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

status_t FLEXIO_UART_TransferGetReceiveCount(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes received.

This function gets the number of bytes received driven by interrupt.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
handle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.
count – Number of bytes received so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:

kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – transfer has finished or no transfer in progress.
kStatus_Success – Successfully return the count.

void FLEXIO_UART_TransferHandleIRQ(void *uartType, void *uartHandle)

FlexIO UART IRQ handler function.

This function processes the FlexIO UART transmit and receives the IRQ request.

Parameters:

uartType – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.
uartHandle – Pointer to the flexio_uart_handle_t structure to store the transfer state.

void FLEXIO_UART_FlushShifters(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base)

Flush tx/rx shifters.

Parameters:

base – Pointer to the FLEXIO_UART_Type structure.

FSL_FLEXIO_UART_DRIVER_VERSION: FlexIO UART driver version.

Error codes for the UART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxBusy: Transmitter is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxBusy: Receiver is busy.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_TxIdle: UART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxIdle: UART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_ERROR: ERROR happens on UART.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxRingBufferOverrun: UART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_RxHardwareOverrun: UART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_Timeout: UART times out.

enumerator kStatus_FLEXIO_UART_BaudrateNotSupport: Baudrate is not supported in current clock source

enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char

FlexIO UART bit count per char.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_7BitsPerChar: 7-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_8BitsPerChar: 8-bit data characters

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_9BitsPerChar: 9-bit data characters

enum _flexio_uart_interrupt_enable

Define FlexIO UART interrupt mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable: Transmit buffer empty interrupt enable.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable: Receive buffer full interrupt enable.

enum _flexio_uart_status_flags

Define FlexIO UART status mask.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag: Transmit buffer empty flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxDataRegFullFlag: Receive buffer full flag.

enumerator kFLEXIO_UART_RxOverRunFlag: Receive buffer over run flag.

typedef enum _flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t: FlexIO UART bit count per char.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_type FLEXIO_UART_Type: Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_config flexio_uart_config_t: Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_transfer flexio_uart_transfer_t: Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

typedef struct _flexio_uart_handle flexio_uart_handle_t

typedef void (*flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t)(FLEXIO_UART_Type *base, flexio_uart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData): FlexIO UART transfer callback function.

UART_RETRY_TIMES: Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _flexio_uart_type

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART access structure typedef.

Public Members

FLEXIO_Type *flexioBase: FlexIO base pointer.

uint8_t TxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Tx.

uint8_t RxPinIndex: Pin select for UART_Rx.

uint8_t shifterIndex[2]: Shifter index used in FlexIO UART.

uint8_t timerIndex[2]: Timer index used in FlexIO UART.

struct _flexio_uart_config

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART user configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableUart: Enable/disable FlexIO UART TX & RX.

bool enableInDoze: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in doze mode

bool enableInDebug: Enable/disable FlexIO operation in debug mode

bool enableFastAccess: Enable/disable fast access to FlexIO registers, fast access requires the FlexIO clock to be at least twice the frequency of the bus clock.

uint32_t baudRate_Bps: Baud rate in Bps.

flexio_uart_bit_count_per_char_t bitCountPerChar: number of bits, 7/8/9 -bit

struct _flexio_uart_transfer

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FlexIO UART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize: Transfer size

struct _flexio_uart_handle

#include <fsl_flexio_uart.h>

Define FLEXIO UART handle structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData: Address of remaining data to send.

volatile size_t txDataSize: Size of the remaining data to send.

uint8_t *volatile rxData: Address of remaining data to receive.

volatile size_t rxDataSize: Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t txDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be sent.

size_t rxDataSizeAll: Total bytes to be received.

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer: Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

size_t rxRingBufferSize: Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead: Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail: Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

flexio_uart_transfer_callback_t callback: Callback function.

void *userData: UART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState: TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState: RX transfer state

union __unnamed89__

Public Members

uint8_t *data: The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData: The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData: The buffer of data to be sent.

FREQME: Frequency Measurement

GLIKEY

Values:

enumerator kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError: GLIKEY status for locked SFR registers (unexpected) .

enumerator kStatus_GLIKEY_NotLocked: GLIKEY status for unlocked SFR registers.

enumerator kStatus_GLIKEY_Locked: GLIKEY status for locked SFR registers.

enumerator kStatus_GLIKEY_DisabledError: GLIKEY status for disabled error.

FSL_GLIKEY_DRIVER_VERSION

Defines GLIKEY driver version 2.0.1.

Change log:

Version 2.0.1
- Implement INIT state recovery from the LOCKED state after a reset when the previous index was locked.
Version 2.0.0
- Initial version

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP1

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP2

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP3

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP4

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP5

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP6

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP7

GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEP_EN

GLIKEY_FSM_WR_DIS

GLIKEY_FSM_INIT

GLIKEY_FSM_STEP1

GLIKEY_FSM_STEP2

GLIKEY_FSM_STEP3

GLIKEY_FSM_STEP4

GLIKEY_FSM_LOCKED

GLIKEY_FSM_WR_EN

GLIKEY_FSM_SSR_RESET

uint32_t GLIKEY_GetStatus(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Retreives the current status of Glikey.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Glikey status information

status_t GLIKEY_IsLocked(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Get if Glikey is locked.

This operation returns the locking status of Glikey.

Return values:

kStatus_GLIKEY_Locked – if locked
kStatus_GLIKEY_NotLocked – if unlocked

Returns:

Status

status_t GLIKEY_CheckLock(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Check if Glikey is locked.

This operation returns the locking status of Glikey.

Return values:

kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError – if locked
kStatus_GLIKEY_NotLocked – if unlocked

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success

status_t GLIKEY_SyncReset(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Perform a synchronous reset of Glikey.

This function performs a synchrounous reset of the Glikey. This results in:

Glikey will return to the INIT state, unless it is in the LOCK state

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError

status_t GLIKEY_SetIntEnable(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set interrupt enable flag of Glikey.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance
value – [in] Value to set the interrupt enable flag to, see #[TODO: add reference to constants]

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError

status_t GLIKEY_GetIntEnable(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t *value)

Get interrupt enable flag of Glikey.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance
value – [out] Pointer which will be filled with the interrupt enable status, see #[TODO: add reference to constants]

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success

status_t GLIKEY_ClearIntStatus(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Clear the interrupt status flag of Glikey.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError

status_t GLIKEY_SetIntStatus(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Set the interrupt status flag of Glikey.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError

status_t GLIKEY_Lock(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Lock Glikey SFR (Special Function Registers) interface.

This operation locks the Glikey SFR interface if it is not locked yet.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success

status_t GLIKEY_LockIndex(GLIKEY_Type *base)

Lock Glikey index.

This operation is used to lock a Glikey index. It can only be executed from the WR_EN state, executing it from any other state will result in Glikey entering WR_DIS state. When this happens Glikey requires a reset (synchrous or asynchronous) to go back to INIT state. If the Glikey SFR lock is active this operation will return an error.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError, kStatus_GLIKEY_DisabledError

status_t GLIKEY_IsIndexLocked(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Check if Glikey index is locked.

This operation returns the locking status of Glikey index.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance
index – [in] The index of the Glikey instance

Returns:

kStatus_GLIKEY_Locked if locked, kStatus_GLIKEY_NotLocked if unlocked Possible errors: kStatus_Fail

status_t GLIKEY_StartEnable(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Start Glikey enable.

This operation is used to set a new index and start a the sequence to enable it. It needs to be started from the INIT state. If the new index is already locked Glikey will go to LOCKED state, otherwise it will go to STEP1 state. If this operation is used when Glikey is in any state other than INIT Glikey will go to WR_DIS state. It can only recover from this state through a reset (synchrounous or asyncrhonous). If the Glikey SFR lock is active this operation will return an error.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance
index – [in] The index of the Glikey instance

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError, kStatus_Fail

status_t GLIKEY_ContinueEnable(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t codeword)

Continue Glikey enable.

This operation is used to progress through the different states of the state machine, starting from STEP1 until the state WR_EN is reached. Each next state of the state machine can only be reached by providing the right codeword to this function. If anything goes wrong the state machine will go to WR_DIS state and can only recover from it through a reset (synchrous or asynchronous). If the Glikey SFR lock is active this operation will return an error.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance
codeword – [in] Encoded word for progressing to next FSM state (see GLIKEY_CODEWORD_STEPx/EN)

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError, kStatus_Fail, kStatus_GLIKEY_DisabledError

status_t GLIKEY_EndOperation(GLIKEY_Type *base)

End Glikey operation.

This operation is used to end a Glikey operation. It can only be executed from the WR_EN, LOCKED and RESET states. Executing it from any other state will result in Glikey entering WR_DIS state. When this happens Glikey requires a reset (synchrous or asynchronous) to go back to INIT state. After this operation Glikey will go to INIT state or stay in LOCKED state when the index was locked. If the Glikey SFR lock is active this operation will return an error.

Parameters:

base – [in] The base address of the Glikey instance

Returns:

A code-flow protected error code (see nxpCsslFlowProtection)

Returns:

Status kStatus_Success if success, kStatus_GLIKEY_Locked if index is still locked Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError, kStatus_GLIKEY_DisabledError

status_t GLIKEY_ResetIndex(GLIKEY_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Reset Glikey index.

This operation is used to reset a Glikey index. It can only be executed from the INIT state, executing it from any other state will result in Glikey entering WR_DIS state. When this happens Glikey requires a reset (synchrous or asynchronous) to go back to INIT state. If the Glikey SFR lock is active or the index is locked this operation will return an error.

Returns:: A code-flow protected error code (see nxpCsslFlowProtection)
Returns:: Status kStatus_Success if success, kStatus_GLIKEY_Locked if index is still locked Possible errors: kStatus_GLIKEY_LockedError, kStatus_GLIKEY_DisabledError

GPIO: General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

FSL_GPIO_DRIVER_VERSION: GPIO driver version.

enum _gpio_pin_direction

GPIO direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalInput: Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalOutput: Set current pin as digital output

enum _gpio_checker_attribute

GPIO checker attribute.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRWUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read+Write; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureRW: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureR: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureN: User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:None

enumerator kGPIO_IgnoreAttributeCheck: Ignores the attribute check

enum _gpio_interrupt_config

Configures the interrupt generation condition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptStatusFlagDisabled: Interrupt status flag is disabled.

enumerator kGPIO_DMARisingEdge: ISF flag and DMA request on rising edge.

enumerator kGPIO_DMAFallingEdge: ISF flag and DMA request on falling edge.

enumerator kGPIO_DMAEitherEdge: ISF flag and DMA request on either edge.

enumerator kGPIO_FlagRisingEdge: Flag sets on rising edge.

enumerator kGPIO_FlagFallingEdge: Flag sets on falling edge.

enumerator kGPIO_FlagEitherEdge: Flag sets on either edge.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptLogicZero: Interrupt when logic zero.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptRisingEdge: Interrupt on rising edge.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptEitherEdge: Interrupt on either edge.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptLogicOne: Interrupt when logic one.

enumerator kGPIO_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable: Enable active high-trigger output.

enumerator kGPIO_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable: Enable active low-trigger output.

enum _gpio_interrupt_selection

Configures the selection of interrupt/DMA request/trigger output.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptOutput0: Interrupt/DMA request/trigger output 0.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptOutput1: Interrupt/DMA request/trigger output 1.

enum gpio_pin_interrupt_control_t

GPIO pin and interrupt control.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_PinControlNonSecure: Pin Control Non-Secure.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptControlNonSecure: Interrupt Control Non-Secure.

enumerator kGPIO_PinControlNonPrivilege: Pin Control Non-Privilege.

enumerator kGPIO_InterruptControlNonPrivilege: Interrupt Control Non-Privilege.

typedef enum _gpio_pin_direction gpio_pin_direction_t: GPIO direction definition.

typedef enum _gpio_checker_attribute gpio_checker_attribute_t: GPIO checker attribute.

typedef struct _gpio_pin_config gpio_pin_config_t

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

typedef enum _gpio_interrupt_config gpio_interrupt_config_t: Configures the interrupt generation condition.

typedef enum _gpio_interrupt_selection gpio_interrupt_selection_t: Configures the selection of interrupt/DMA request/trigger output.

typedef struct _gpio_version_info gpio_version_info_t: GPIO version information.

GPIO_FIT_REG(value)

struct _gpio_pin_config

#include <fsl_gpio.h>

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

Public Members

gpio_pin_direction_t pinDirection: GPIO direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic: Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

struct _gpio_version_info

#include <fsl_gpio.h>

GPIO version information.

Public Members

uint16_t feature: Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor: Minor Version Number.

uint8_t major: Major Version Number.

GPIO Driver

void GPIO_PortInit(GPIO_Type *base)

Initializes the GPIO peripheral.

This function ungates the GPIO clock.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PortDenit(GPIO_Type *base)

Denitializes the GPIO peripheral.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PinInit(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a GPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the GPIO, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the GPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

Define a digital input pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO port pin number
config – GPIO pin configuration pointer

void GPIO_GetVersionInfo(GPIO_Type *base, gpio_version_info_t *info)

Get GPIO version information.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
info – GPIO version information

static inline void GPIO_SecurePrivilegeLock(GPIO_Type *base, gpio_pin_interrupt_control_t mask)

lock or unlock secure privilege.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – pin or interrupt macro

static inline void GPIO_EnablePinControlNonSecure(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable Pin Control Non-Secure.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_DisablePinControlNonSecure(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable Pin Control Non-Secure.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_EnablePinControlNonPrivilege(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable Pin Control Non-Privilege.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_DisablePinControlNonPrivilege(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable Pin Control Non-Privilege.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_EnableInterruptControlNonSecure(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable Interrupt Control Non-Secure.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_DisableInterruptControlNonSecure(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable Interrupt Control Non-Secure.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_EnableInterruptControlNonPrivilege(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable Interrupt Control Non-Privilege.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_DisableInterruptControlNonPrivilege(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable Interrupt Control Non-Privilege.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortInputEnable(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enable port input.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortInputDisable(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disable port input.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PinWrite(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO pin number
output – GPIO pin output logic level.
- 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.
- 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void GPIO_PortSet(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortClear(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortToggle(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple GPIO pins.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t GPIO_PinRead(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the GPIO port.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
pin – GPIO pin number

Return values:

GPIO – port input value

0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.
1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

static inline void GPIO_SetPinInterruptConfig(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, gpio_interrupt_config_t config)

Configures the gpio pin interrupt/DMA request.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.
pin – GPIO pin number.
config – GPIO pin interrupt configuration.
- kGPIO_InterruptStatusFlagDisabled: Interrupt/DMA request disabled.
- kGPIO_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.
- kGPIO_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.
- kGPIO_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).
- kGPIO_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).

static inline void GPIO_SetPinInterruptChannel(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, gpio_interrupt_selection_t selection)

Configures the gpio pin interrupt/DMA request/trigger output channel selection.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.
pin – GPIO pin number.
selection – GPIO pin interrupt output selection.
- kGPIO_InterruptOutput0: Interrupt/DMA request/trigger output 0.
- kGPIO_InterruptOutput1 : Interrupt/DMA request/trigger output 1.

uint32_t GPIO_GpioGetInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base)

Read the GPIO interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer. (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

Returns:

The current GPIO’s interrupt status flag. ‘1’ means the related pin’s flag is set, ‘0’ means the related pin’s flag not set. For example, the return value 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt pending.

uint32_t GPIO_GpioGetInterruptChannelFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t channel)

Read the GPIO interrupt status flags based on selected interrupt channel(IRQS).

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer. (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
channel – ‘0’ means selete interrupt channel 0, ‘1’ means selete interrupt channel 1.

Returns:

The current GPIO’s interrupt status flag based on the selected interrupt channel. ‘1’ means the related pin’s flag is set, ‘0’ means the related pin’s flag not set. For example, the return value 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt pending.

uint8_t GPIO_PinGetInterruptFlag(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Read individual pin’s interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer. (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on)
pin – GPIO specific pin number.

Returns:

The current selected pin’s interrupt status flag.

void GPIO_GpioClearInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears GPIO pin interrupt status flags.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro

void GPIO_GpioClearInterruptChannelFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, uint32_t channel)

Clears GPIO pin interrupt status flags based on selected interrupt channel(IRQS).

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
mask – GPIO pin number macro
channel – ‘0’ means selete interrupt channel 0, ‘1’ means selete interrupt channel 1.

void GPIO_PinClearInterruptFlag(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Clear GPIO individual pin’s interrupt status flag.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on).
pin – GPIO specific pin number.

static inline void GPIO_SetMultipleInterruptPinsConfig(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask, gpio_interrupt_config_t config)

Sets the GPIO interrupt configuration in PCR register for multiple pins.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.
mask – GPIO pin number macro.
config – GPIO pin interrupt configuration.
- kGPIO_InterruptStatusFlagDisabled: Interrupt disabled.
- kGPIO_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).
- kGPIO_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).
- kGPIO_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.
- kGPIO_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.
- kGPIO_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.
- kGPIO_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).
- kGPIO_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit)..

void GPIO_CheckAttributeBytes(GPIO_Type *base, gpio_checker_attribute_t attribute)

brief The GPIO module supports a device-specific number of data ports, organized as 32-bit words/8-bit Bytes. Each 32-bit/8-bit data port includes a GACR register, which defines the byte-level attributes required for a successful access to the GPIO programming model. If the GPIO module’s GACR register organized as 32-bit words, the attribute controls for the 4 data bytes in the GACR follow a standard little endian data convention.

Parameters:

base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)
attribute – GPIO checker attribute

I3C: I3C Driver

FSL_I3C_DRIVER_VERSION: I3C driver version.

I3C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Busy: The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Idle: The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Nak: The slave device sent a NAK in response to an address.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_WriteAbort: The slave device sent a NAK in response to a write.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Term: The master terminates slave read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_HdrParityError: Parity error from DDR read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_CrcError: CRC error from DDR read.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_ReadFifoError: Read from M/SRDATAB register when FIFO empty.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_WriteFifoError: Write to M/SWDATAB register when FIFO full.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_MsgError: Message SDR/DDR mismatch or read/write message in wrong state

enumerator kStatus_I3C_InvalidReq: Invalid use of request.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_Timeout: The module has stalled too long in a frame.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_SlaveCountExceed: The I3C slave count has exceed the definition in I3C_MAX_DEVCNT.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_IBIWon: The I3C slave event IBI or MR or HJ won the arbitration on a header address.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_OverrunError: Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO overrun.

enumerator kStatus_I3C_UnderrunError: Slave internal to-bus buffer/FIFO underrun

enumerator kStatus_I3C_UnderrunNak: Slave internal from-bus buffer/FIFO underrun and NACK error

enumerator kStatus_I3C_InvalidStart: Slave invalid start flag

enumerator kStatus_I3C_SdrParityError: SDR parity error

enumerator kStatus_I3C_S0S1Error: S0 or S1 error

enum _i3c_hdr_mode

I3C HDR modes.

Values:

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeNone

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeDDR

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeTSP

enumerator kI3C_HDRModeTSL

typedef enum _i3c_hdr_mode i3c_hdr_mode_t: I3C HDR modes.

typedef struct _i3c_device_info i3c_device_info_t: I3C device information.

I3C_RETRY_TIMES: Timeout times for waiting flag.

I3C_MAX_DEVCNT

I3C_IBI_BUFF_SIZE

struct _i3c_device_info

#include <fsl_i3c.h>

I3C device information.

Public Members

uint8_t dynamicAddr: Device dynamic address.

uint8_t staticAddr: Static address.

uint8_t dcr: Device characteristics register information.

uint8_t bcr: Bus characteristics register information.

uint16_t vendorID: Device vendor ID(manufacture ID).

uint32_t partNumber: Device part number info

uint16_t maxReadLength: Maximum read length.

uint16_t maxWriteLength: Maximum write length.

uint8_t hdrMode: Support hdr mode, could be OR logic in i3c_hdr_mode.

I3C Common Driver

typedef struct _i3c_config i3c_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the I3C module, could both initialize master and slave functionality.

This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

uint32_t I3C_GetInstance(I3C_Type *base)

Get which instance current I3C is used.

Parameters:

base – The I3C peripheral base address.

void I3C_GetDefaultConfig(i3c_config_t *config)

Provides a default configuration for the I3C peripheral, the configuration covers both master functionality and slave functionality.

This function provides the following default configuration for I3C:

config->disableTimeout config->hKeep config->enableOpenDrainStop config->enableOpenDrainHigh config->baudRate_Hzconfig->baudRate_Hzconfig->baudRate_Hzconfig->masterDynamicAddress config->slowClock_Hz config->enableSlave config->vendorID config->enableRandomPart config->partNumber config->dcr config->bcr config->hdrMode config->nakAllRequest config->ignoreS0S1Error config->offline config->matchSlaveStartStop 

notranslate">

config->enableMaster                 = kI3C_MasterCapable; = false; = kI3C_MasterHighKeeperNone; = true; = true; class="o">.i2cBaud          = 400000U; class="o">.i3cPushPullBaud  = 12500000U; class="o">.i3cOpenDrainBaud = 2500000U; = 0x0AU; = 1000000U; = true; = 0x11BU; = false; = 0; = 0; = 0; = (uint8_t)kI3C_HDRModeDDR; = false; = false; = false; = false;
After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the common I3C driver with I3C_Init().

Parameters:

config – [out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to i3c_config_t. 







void I3C_Init(I3C_Type *base, const i3c_config_t *config, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the I3C peripheral. This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the I3C peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. This will initialize both the master peripheral and slave peripheral so that I3C module could work as pure master, pure slave or secondary master, etc. A software reset is performed prior to configuration. 

Parameters:

base – The I3C peripheral base address. 
config – User provided peripheral configuration. Use I3C_GetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override. 
sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the I3C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods. 







struct _i3c_config


#include <fsl_i3c.h>
Structure with settings to initialize the I3C module, could both initialize master and slave functionality. 
This structure holds configuration settings for the I3C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the I3C_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.
The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash. 

Public Members


i3c_master_enable_t enableMaster

Enable master mode. 




bool disableTimeout

Whether to disable timeout to prevent the ERRWARN. 




i3c_master_hkeep_t hKeep

High keeper mode setting. 




bool enableOpenDrainStop

Whether to emit open-drain speed STOP. 




bool enableOpenDrainHigh

Enable Open-Drain High to be 1 PPBAUD count for i3c messages, or 1 ODBAUD. 




i3c_baudrate_hz_t baudRate_Hz

Desired baud rate settings. 




i3c_start_scl_delay_t startSclDelay

I3C SCL delay after START. 




i3c_start_scl_delay_t restartSclDelay

I3C SCL delay after Repeated START. 




uint8_t masterDynamicAddress

Main master dynamic address configuration. 




uint32_t maxWriteLength

Maximum write length. 




uint32_t maxReadLength

Maximum read length. 




bool enableSlave

Whether to enable slave. 




uint8_t staticAddr

Static address. 




uint16_t vendorID

Device vendor ID(manufacture ID). 




uint32_t partNumber

Device part number info 




uint8_t dcr

Device characteristics register information. 




uint8_t bcr

Bus characteristics register information. 




uint8_t hdrMode

Support hdr mode, could be OR logic in enumeration:i3c_hdr_mode_t. 




bool nakAllRequest

Whether to reply NAK to all requests except broadcast CCC. 




bool ignoreS0S1Error

Whether to ignore S0/S1 error in SDR mode. 




bool offline

Whether to wait 60 us of bus quiet or HDR request to ensure slave track SDR mode safely. 




bool matchSlaveStartStop

Whether to assert start/stop status only the time slave is addressed.

MCXA156

AOI: Crossbar AND/OR/INVERT Driver

CDOG

Clock Driver

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check Driver

CTIMER: Standard counter/timers

DAC: Digital-to-Analog Converter Driver

eDMA: Enhanced Direct Memory Access (eDMA) Controller Driver

eDMA core Driver

eDMA soc Driver

EIM: error injection module

EQDC: Enhanced Quadrature Encoder/Decoder

ERM: error recording module

FGPIO Driver

FlexCAN: Flex Controller Area Network Driver

FlexCAN Driver

FlexCAN eDMA Driver

FlexIO: FlexIO Driver

FlexIO Driver

FlexIO eDMA I2S Driver

FlexIO eDMA SPI Driver

FlexIO eDMA UART Driver

FlexIO I2C Master Driver

FlexIO I2S Driver

FlexIO SPI Driver

FlexIO UART Driver

FREQME: Frequency Measurement

GLIKEY

GLIKEY

GPIO: General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

GPIO Driver

I3C: I3C Driver

I3C Common Driver

I3C Master Driver

I3C Master DMA Driver

I3C Slave Driver

I3C Slave DMA Driver

INPUTMUX: Input Multiplexing Driver

Common Driver

Lin_lpuart_driver

LPADC: 12-bit SAR Analog-to-Digital Converter Driver

Lpc_freqme

LPCMP: Low Power Analog Comparator Driver

LPI2C: Low Power Inter-Integrated Circuit Driver

LPI2C Master Driver

LPI2C Master DMA Driver

LPI2C Slave Driver

LPSPI: Low Power Serial Peripheral Interface

LPSPI Peripheral driver

LPSPI eDMA Driver

LPTMR: Low-Power Timer

LPUART: Low Power Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Driver

LPUART Driver

LPUART eDMA Driver

MCX_CMC: Core Mode Controller Driver

MCX_SPC: System Power Control driver

MCX_VBAT: Smart Power Switch

OPAMP: Operational Amplifier

OSTIMER: OS Event Timer Driver

PORT: Port Control and Interrupts

PWM: Pulse Width Modulator

Reset Driver

TRDC: Trusted Resource Domain Controller

Trdc_core

Trdc_soc

UTICK: MictoTick Timer Driver

WAKETIMER: WAKETIMER Driver

WUU: Wakeup Unit driver

WWDT: Windowed Watchdog Timer Driver